JP7172393B2 - Organic electroluminescence device and material - Google Patents

Organic electroluminescence device and material Download PDF

Info

Publication number
JP7172393B2
JP7172393B2 JP2018186619A JP2018186619A JP7172393B2 JP 7172393 B2 JP7172393 B2 JP 7172393B2 JP 2018186619 A JP2018186619 A JP 2018186619A JP 2018186619 A JP2018186619 A JP 2018186619A JP 7172393 B2 JP7172393 B2 JP 7172393B2
Authority
JP
Japan
Prior art keywords
group
optionally substituted
formula
compound represented
condensed ring
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Active
Application number
JP2018186619A
Other languages
Japanese (ja)
Other versions
JP2020055768A (en
Inventor
雅弘 堀口
卓央 林
昌幸 岩窪
佳孝 斉藤
良夫 青木
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
DIC Corp
Original Assignee
DIC Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by DIC Corp filed Critical DIC Corp
Priority to JP2018186619A priority Critical patent/JP7172393B2/en
Publication of JP2020055768A publication Critical patent/JP2020055768A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of JP7172393B2 publication Critical patent/JP7172393B2/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Landscapes

  • Other Resins Obtained By Reactions Not Involving Carbon-To-Carbon Unsaturated Bonds (AREA)
  • Electroluminescent Light Sources (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)

Description

本発明は有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子及び材料に関する。 The present invention relates to organic electroluminescent devices and materials.

有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子は、有機(金属)化合物からなる発光材料を含む発光層、電子輸送層、正孔輸送層及び電極によって構成される。発光層に電子及びホールを注入することによって、注入された電子とホールが再結合しエネルギーが発生する。当該素子は、そのエネルギーが発光材料を励起させ発光する現象を利用した素子である。 An organic electroluminescence device is composed of a light-emitting layer containing a light-emitting material composed of an organic (metal) compound, an electron transport layer, a hole transport layer, and electrodes. By injecting electrons and holes into the light-emitting layer, the injected electrons and holes recombine to generate energy. The device utilizes a phenomenon that the energy excites a light-emitting material to emit light.

有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子の発光効率を向上させる目的で、種々のリン光発光性金属錯体が開発されてきた(特許文献1、2)。これまでに、種々の青色発光を示すリン光発光性金属錯体が報告されてきたが、それらは素子に使用した場合の駆動電圧、電流効率、発光の色純度及び素子寿命が十分ではなかった(特許文献3、4、5)。 Various phosphorescent metal complexes have been developed for the purpose of improving the luminous efficiency of organic electroluminescence devices (Patent Documents 1 and 2). So far, various phosphorescent metal complexes that emit blue light have been reported, but when used in devices, they have insufficient driving voltage, current efficiency, color purity of emission, and device life ( Patent documents 3, 4, 5).

US6303238B1号公報US6303238B1 US2002/0034656A1号公報US2002/0034656A1 US2015/0014675A1号公報US2015/0014675A1 特開2015-113283号公報JP 2015-113283 A US2016/0133861A1号公報US2016/0133861A1 特開2004-067658号広報Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2004-067658 特表2004-533430号広報Special Table No. 2004-533430

本発明が解決しようとする課題は、素子に使用した場合に低い駆動電圧、高い電流効率、高い発光の色純度及び長い発光寿命を有する青色のリン光発光性金属錯体を提供することである。さらに、当該金属錯体を含む有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子を提供することである。 The problem to be solved by the present invention is to provide a blue phosphorescent metal complex having a low driving voltage, a high current efficiency, a high emission color purity and a long emission lifetime when used in a device. A further object of the present invention is to provide an organic electroluminescence device containing the metal complex.

本発明者らは、上記課題を解決すべく、鋭意研究を行った結果、下記の一般式(I)で表される化合物の開発に至った。すなわち、本願発明は一般式(I)
ML (I)
(式中、Mは元素周期表における8族から11族の金属を表し、
は複数存在する場合は各々独立して下記の一般式(I-L1)
The present inventors have conducted intensive studies to solve the above problems, and as a result, have developed a compound represented by the following general formula (I). That is, the present invention is general formula (I)
ML 1 m L 2 n (I)
(wherein M represents a metal from group 8 to group 11 in the periodic table of elements,
When multiple L 1 are present, each independently represented by the following general formula (I-L1)

Figure 0007172393000001
Figure 0007172393000001

(式中、破線はMとの結合位置を表し、
、R、R、R、R及びRは各々独立して水素原子又は置換基を表すが、=C(R)-、=C(R)-、=C(R)-及び/又は=C(R)-は各々独立して=N-を表しても良く、RとR、RとR、RとR、RとR及び/又はRとRとが縮合環を形成しても良く、但し、R、R、R、R、R及びRのうち少なくとも1つはRで表される置換されても良いアミノ基を表す。)で表される基を表し、
は複数存在する場合は各々独立してMと結合する一価アニオン性の二座配位子を表し、
mは1から3の整数を表し、
nは0から2の整数を表すが、m+nは2又は3を表す。)で表される化合物を提供し、併せて当該化合物を含有する有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子、当該化合物を用いた樹脂、樹脂添加剤、オイル、フィルター、接着剤、粘着剤、油脂、インキ、医薬品、化粧品、洗剤、建築材料、包装材、液晶材料、有機EL材料、有機半導体材料、電子材料、表示素子、照明素子、電子デバイス、通信機器、自動車部品、航空機部品、機械部品、電子部品、試薬、水素化還元用触媒、改質触媒、選択酸化触媒、燃料電池用電極触媒、光電変換材料、農薬及び食品を提供する。
(Wherein, the dashed line represents the bonding position with M,
R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and =C(R 3 )-, =C(R 4 )-, =C( R 5 )- and/or =C(R 6 )- may each independently represent =N-, and R 1 and R 2 , R 2 and R 3 , R 3 and R 4 , R 4 and R 5 and/or R 5 and R 6 may form a fused ring, provided that at least one of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 is represented by RA represents an optionally substituted amino group. ) represents a group represented by
L 2 represents a monovalent anionic bidentate ligand that independently binds to M when there are more than one,
m represents an integer from 1 to 3,
Although n represents an integer of 0 to 2, m+n represents 2 or 3. ), together with an organic electroluminescence device containing the compound, a resin using the compound, a resin additive, an oil, a filter, an adhesive, an adhesive, a fat, an ink, a drug, a cosmetic , detergents, building materials, packaging materials, liquid crystal materials, organic EL materials, organic semiconductor materials, electronic materials, display elements, lighting elements, electronic devices, communication equipment, automobile parts, aircraft parts, machine parts, electronic parts, reagents, hydrogen We provide redox catalysts, reforming catalysts, selective oxidation catalysts, fuel cell electrode catalysts, photoelectric conversion materials, agricultural chemicals, and foods.

本願発明の化合物は、素子に使用した場合に低い駆動電圧、高い電流効率、高い発光の色純度及び長い発光寿命を有することから、有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子の構成部材として有用である。 INDUSTRIAL APPLICABILITY The compound of the present invention exhibits low driving voltage, high current efficiency, high emission color purity and long emission lifetime when used in a device, and is therefore useful as a constituent member of an organic electroluminescence device.

本発明の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子の構成の一例を模式的に示す図A diagram schematically showing an example of the configuration of the organic electroluminescence element of the present invention.

本願発明は一般式(I)で表される化合物を提供し、併せて当該化合物を含有する有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子、当該化合物を用いた樹脂、樹脂添加剤、オイル、フィルター、接着剤、粘着剤、油脂、インキ、医薬品、化粧品、洗剤、建築材料、包装材、液晶材料、有機EL材料、有機半導体材料、電子材料、表示素子、照明素子、電子デバイス、通信機器、自動車部品、航空機部品、機械部品、電子部品、試薬、水素化還元用触媒、改質触媒、選択酸化触媒、燃料電池用電極触媒、光電変換材料、農薬及び食品を提供する。 The present invention provides a compound represented by the general formula (I), together with an organic electroluminescence device containing the compound, a resin using the compound, a resin additive, an oil, a filter, an adhesive, an adhesive, Fats, inks, pharmaceuticals, cosmetics, detergents, building materials, packaging materials, liquid crystal materials, organic EL materials, organic semiconductor materials, electronic materials, display elements, lighting elements, electronic devices, communication equipment, automobile parts, aircraft parts, machine parts , electronic components, reagents, hydrogenation reduction catalysts, reforming catalysts, selective oxidation catalysts, fuel cell electrode catalysts, photoelectric conversion materials, agricultural chemicals and foods.

一般式(I)において、Mは元素周期表における8族から11族の金属を表す。金属錯体の発光効率、素子寿命、合成の容易さ、原料の入手の容易さの観点から、Mはイリジウム、ロジウム、パラジウム、白金、金、オスミウム又はルテニウムから選ばれる金属であることが好ましく、Mはイリジウム、白金、金又はオスミウムから選ばれる金属であることがより好ましく、Mはイリジウム、白金又は金から選ばれる金属であることがさらに好ましく、Mはイリジウム又は白金から選ばれる金属であることがさらにより好ましく、Mはイリジウムであることが特に好ましい。 In general formula (I), M represents a metal of groups 8 to 11 in the periodic table. M is preferably a metal selected from iridium, rhodium, palladium, platinum, gold, osmium, or ruthenium, from the viewpoint of the luminous efficiency of the metal complex, device life, ease of synthesis, and availability of raw materials. is more preferably a metal selected from iridium, platinum, gold or osmium, M is more preferably a metal selected from iridium, platinum or gold, and M is a metal selected from iridium or platinum Even more preferably, M is particularly preferably iridium.

一般式(I)において、Lは下記の一般式(I-L1) In general formula (I), L 1 is the following general formula (I-L1)

Figure 0007172393000002
Figure 0007172393000002

(式中、破線はMとの結合位置を表し、
、R、R、R、R及びRは各々独立して水素原子又は置換基を表すが、=C(R)-、=C(R)-、=C(R)-及び/又は=C(R)-は各々独立して=N-を表しても良く、RとR、RとR、RとR、RとR及び/又はRとRとが縮合環を形成しても良く、但し、R、R、R、R、R及びRのうち少なくとも1つはRで表される置換されても良いアミノ基を表す。)で表される基を表す。
(Wherein, the dashed line represents the bonding position with M,
R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and =C(R 3 )-, =C(R 4 )-, =C( R 5 )- and/or =C(R 6 )- may each independently represent =N-, and R 1 and R 2 , R 2 and R 3 , R 3 and R 4 , R 4 and R 5 and/or R 5 and R 6 may form a fused ring, provided that at least one of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 is represented by RA represents an optionally substituted amino group. ) represents a group represented by

一般式(I)において、R、R、R、R、R及びRのうち少なくとも1つはRで表される置換されても良いアミノ基を表す。金属錯体の発光効率、素子寿命、蒸着の容易さ、安定性、合成の容易さ、原料の入手の容易さの観点から、R、R、R、R、R及びRのうち1つから4つがRで表される置換されても良いアミノ基を表すことが好ましく、R、R、R、R、R及びRのうち1つから3つがRで表される置換されても良いアミノ基を表すことがより好ましく、R、R、R、R、R及びRのうち1つ又は2つがRで表される置換されても良いアミノ基を表すことがさらに好ましく、R、R、R、R、R及びRのうち1つがRで表される置換されても良いアミノ基を表すことが特に好ましい。 In general formula (I), at least one of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 represents an optionally substituted amino group represented by RA . R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 can be 1 to 4 of them preferably represent an optionally substituted amino group represented by RA , and 1 to 3 of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are R It is more preferable to represent an optionally substituted amino group represented by A , and one or two of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are represented by RA . and one of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 represents an optionally substituted amino group represented by RA . is particularly preferred.

一般式(I)で表される化合物は、下記の一般式(L1) The compound represented by the general formula (I) has the following general formula (L1)

Figure 0007172393000003
Figure 0007172393000003

(式中、R、R、R、R、R及びRは各々一般式(I)におけるR、R、R、R、R及びRと同様の意味を表すが、=C(R)-、=C(R)-、=C(R)-及び/又は=C(R)-は各々独立して=N-を表しても良く、RとR、RとR、RとR、RとR及び/又はRとRとが縮合環を形成しても良く、但し、R、R、R、R、R及びRのうち少なくとも1つはRで表される置換されても良いアミノ基を表す。)で表される化合物を配位子として有する。 (wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 have the same meanings as R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 in general formula (I) but =C(R 3 )-, =C(R 4 )-, =C(R 5 )- and/or =C(R 6 )- may each independently represent =N- , R 1 and R 2 , R 2 and R 3 , R 3 and R 4 , R 4 and R 5 and/or R 5 and R 6 may form a condensed ring, provided that R 1 and R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 represents an optionally substituted amino group represented by RA ) as a ligand.

1位の窒素原子上にアリール基を置換基として有する1,2,3-トリアゾール環を配位子として有する金属錯体は、HOMOエネルギー準位が比較的低いことが知られている。そのため、有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子の発光層に用いた場合、ホール及び電子の注入バランスが悪く、その結果、素子の発光効率が低いこと及び発光寿命が短いことが問題であった。発明者らは、1位の窒素原子上にアリール基を置換基として有する1,2,3-トリアゾール環を配位子として有する金属錯体の配位子上に置換されても良いアミノ基を導入することにより、金属錯体のHOMOエネルギー準位を高くすることが可能であり、且つ、HOMO-LUMOエネルギー差を大きくすることが可能であることを見出した。その結果、ホール及び電子の注入バランスが改善され、より色純度の高い青色発光を示し、より長い素子寿命を示すリン光発光性金属錯体及び当該金属錯体を使用した有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子の開発に至った。 It is known that a metal complex having a 1,2,3-triazole ring having an aryl group as a substituent on the 1-position nitrogen atom as a ligand has a relatively low HOMO energy level. Therefore, when it is used in the light-emitting layer of an organic electroluminescence device, the injection balance of holes and electrons is poor, resulting in low luminous efficiency and short luminous life of the device. The inventors introduced an optionally substituted amino group onto the ligand of a metal complex having a 1,2,3-triazole ring having an aryl group as a substituent on the 1-position nitrogen atom as a ligand. It has been found that the HOMO energy level of the metal complex can be increased and the HOMO-LUMO energy difference can be increased by doing so. As a result, the injection balance of holes and electrons is improved, which leads to the development of a phosphorescent metal complex exhibiting blue light emission with higher color purity and a longer device life, and an organic electroluminescence device using the metal complex. rice field.

一般式(L1)で表される化合物は1位の窒素原子上にアリール基を置換基として有する1,2,3-トリアゾール環によって構成される。一般式(L1)で表される配位子と金属化合物とを原料として一般式(I)で表される化合物を製造する反応において、1,2,3-トリアゾール環における2位又は3位の窒素原子が金属原子に配位した遷移状態が生じうる。1,2,3-トリアゾール環における2位の窒素原子が金属原子に配位した場合のみ、目的物を生じるが、1位の窒素原子上に置換したアリール基による立体障害のため、2位の窒素原子よりも3位の窒素原子が金属原子に配位する可能性が高い。そのため、1位にアリール基を置換基として有する1,2,3-トリアゾール環が金属原子に配位した金属錯体を合成する場合、反応が極めて低収率であることが知られている(Organometallics誌、2009年、28号、5478-5488頁)。一般式(L1)で表される配位子と金属化合物とを原料として一般式(I)で表される化合物を製造する場合、Rで表される基は1,2,3-トリアゾール環における3位の窒素原子が金属原子に配位しにくくなるように、立体的に嵩高い基であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by general formula (L1) is composed of a 1,2,3-triazole ring having an aryl group as a substituent on the 1-position nitrogen atom. In the reaction for producing the compound represented by the general formula (I) using the ligand represented by the general formula (L1) and the metal compound as raw materials, the 2- or 3-position in the 1,2,3-triazole ring A transition state can occur in which the nitrogen atom is coordinated to the metal atom. Only when the 2-position nitrogen atom in the 1,2,3-triazole ring is coordinated to a metal atom, the target product is produced, but due to steric hindrance by the aryl group substituted on the 1-position nitrogen atom, the 2-position The 3-position nitrogen atom is more likely to coordinate to the metal atom than the nitrogen atom. Therefore, when synthesizing a metal complex in which a 1,2,3-triazole ring having an aryl group as a substituent at the 1-position is coordinated to a metal atom, it is known that the yield of the reaction is extremely low (Organometallics Magazine, 2009, No. 28, pp. 5478-5488). When the compound represented by the general formula (I) is produced using the ligand represented by the general formula (L1) and the metal compound as raw materials, the group represented by R 1 is a 1,2,3-triazole ring It is preferably a sterically bulky group so that the nitrogen atom at the 3-position in is unlikely to coordinate to the metal atom.

一般式(I)において、Rは水素原子又は置換基を表すが、上述の収率の観点及び金属錯体の発光効率、素子寿命、蒸着の容易さ、安定性、色純度、合成の容易さ、原料の入手の容易さの観点から、Rはハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、ペンタフルオロスルファニル基、置換されていても良いシリル基、置換されていても良いアルキル基、置換されていても良いアルコキシ基、置換されていても良いアルキルチオ基、置換されていても良いアルケニル基、置換されていても良いアルケニルオキシ基、置換されていても良いアルキニル基、置換されていても良いアルキルオキシカルボニル基、置換されていても良いアルキニルオキシカルボニル基、置換されていても良いアルキルカルボニル基、置換されていても良いアルケニルカルボニル基、置換されていても良いアルキニルカルボニル基、置換されていても良いアルキルカルボニルオキシ基、置換されていても良いアルケニルカルボニルオキシ基、置換されていても良いアルキニルカルボニルオキシ基、置換されていても良いアリールオキシ基、置換されていても良いアリールチオ基、置換されていても良いアリールオキシカルボニル基、置換されていても良いアリールカルボニル基、置換されていても良いアリールカルボニルオキシ基、置換されていても良いヘテロアリールオキシ基、置換されていても良いヘテロアリールチオ基、置換されていても良いヘテロアリールオキシカルボニル基、置換されていても良いヘテロアリールカルボニル基、置換されていても良いヘテロアリールカルボニルオキシ基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い非芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い非芳香族複素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い芳香族複素環基、又は、Rで表される置換されても良いアミノ基を表すことが好ましく、Rはフッ素原子、塩素原子、シアノ基、置換されていても良いシリル基、置換されていても良いアルキル基、置換されていても良いアルコキシ基、置換されていても良いアルケニル基、置換されていても良いアルケニルオキシ基、置換されていても良いアルキニル基、置換されていても良いアリールオキシ基、置換されていても良いヘテロアリールオキシ基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い非芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い非芳香族複素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い芳香族複素環基、又は、Rで表される置換されても良いアミノ基を表すことがより好ましく、Rはフッ素原子、置換されていても良い炭素原子数1から10のアルキル基、置換されていても良い炭素原子数2から10のアルケニル基、置換されていても良い炭素原子数2から10のアルキニル基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数3から20の非芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数6から20の芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数3から20の非芳香族複素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数3から20の芳香族複素環基、又は、Rで表される置換されても良いアミノ基を表すことがさらに好ましく、Rは置換されていても良い炭素原子数3から10の分岐状アルキル基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数3から20の非芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数6から20の芳香族炭化水素環基、又は、Rで表される置換されても良いアミノ基を表すことがさらにより好ましく、Rは置換されていても良い炭素原子数3から6の分岐状アルキル基、又は、Rで表される置換されても良いアミノ基を表すことが特に好ましい。 In general formula (I), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. , from the viewpoint of availability of raw materials, R 1 is a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a pentafluorosulfanyl group, an optionally substituted silyl group, an optionally substituted alkyl group, a substituted alkoxy group, optionally substituted alkylthio group, optionally substituted alkenyl group, optionally substituted alkenyloxy group, optionally substituted alkynyl group, optionally substituted alkyloxy carbonyl group, optionally substituted alkynyloxycarbonyl group, optionally substituted alkylcarbonyl group, optionally substituted alkenylcarbonyl group, optionally substituted alkynylcarbonyl group, optionally substituted alkylcarbonyloxy group, optionally substituted alkenylcarbonyloxy group, optionally substituted alkynylcarbonyloxy group, optionally substituted aryloxy group, optionally substituted arylthio group, substituted aryloxycarbonyl group, optionally substituted arylcarbonyl group, optionally substituted arylcarbonyloxy group, optionally substituted heteroaryloxy group, optionally substituted heteroarylthio group, optionally substituted heteroaryloxycarbonyl group, optionally substituted heteroarylcarbonyl group, optionally substituted heteroarylcarbonyloxy group, optionally substituted, may form a condensed ring Non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, optionally substituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may form a condensed ring, optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic ring which may form a condensed ring group, an optionally substituted aromatic heterocyclic group which may form a condensed ring, or an optionally substituted amino group represented by RA , R 1 is a fluorine atom, chlorine atom, cyano group, optionally substituted silyl group, optionally substituted alkyl group, optionally substituted alkoxy group, optionally substituted alkenyl group, optionally substituted alkenyloxy group, an optionally substituted alkynyl group, an optionally substituted aryloxy group, an optionally substituted heteroaryloxy group, an optionally substituted condensed ring A non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may be formed, an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may be substituted and which may form a condensed ring, an optionally substituted ring which may form a condensed ring It is more preferable to represent a non-aromatic heterocyclic group, an optionally substituted aromatic heterocyclic group which may form a condensed ring, or an optionally substituted amino group represented by RA , R 1 is a fluorine atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, or an optionally substituted 2 to 10 carbon atoms an alkynyl group, an optionally substituted non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may form a condensed ring, an optionally substituted carbon which may form a condensed ring an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 6 to 20 atoms, an optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may form a condensed ring, an optionally substituted, condensed It further preferably represents an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may form a ring, or an optionally substituted amino group represented by RA , and R 1 may be substituted a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may form a condensed ring, optionally substituted, It is even more preferable to represent an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may form a condensed ring, or an optionally substituted amino group represented by RA , and R 1 is substituted It is particularly preferable to represent an optionally substituted branched alkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms or an optionally substituted amino group represented by RA .

一般式(I)において、R、R、R、R及びRは各々独立して水素原子又は置換基を表す。青色発光を示すリン光発光性金属錯体を目的とする場合、金属錯体の発光効率、素子寿命、蒸着の容易さ、安定性、合成の容易さ、原料の入手の容易さの観点から、R、R、R、R及びRは各々独立して水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、ペンタフルオロスルファニル基、置換されていても良いシリル基、置換されていても良いアルキル基、置換されていても良いアルコキシ基、置換されていても良いアルキルチオ基、置換されていても良いアルケニル基、置換されていても良いアルケニルオキシ基、置換されていても良いアルキニル基、置換されていても良いアルキルオキシカルボニル基、置換されていても良いアルキニルオキシカルボニル基、置換されていても良いアルキルカルボニル基、置換されていても良いアルケニルカルボニル基、置換されていても良いアルキニルカルボニル基、置換されていても良いアルキルカルボニルオキシ基、置換されていても良いアルケニルカルボニルオキシ基、置換されていても良いアルキニルカルボニルオキシ基、置換されていても良いアリールオキシ基、置換されていても良いアリールチオ基、置換されていても良いアリールオキシカルボニル基、置換されていても良いアリールカルボニル基、置換されていても良いアリールカルボニルオキシ基、置換されていても良いヘテロアリールオキシ基、置換されていても良いヘテロアリールチオ基、置換されていても良いヘテロアリールオキシカルボニル基、置換されていても良いヘテロアリールカルボニル基、置換されていても良いヘテロアリールカルボニルオキシ基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い非芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い非芳香族複素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い芳香族複素環基、又は、Rで表される置換されても良いアミノ基を表すことが好ましく、R、R、R、R及びRは各々独立して水素原子、フッ素原子、塩素原子、シアノ基、置換されていても良いシリル基、置換されていても良いアルキル基、置換されていても良いアルコキシ基、置換されていても良いアルケニル基、置換されていても良いアルケニルオキシ基、置換されていても良いアルキニル基、置換されていても良いアリールオキシ基、置換されていても良いヘテロアリールオキシ基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い非芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い非芳香族複素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い芳香族複素環基、又は、Rで表される置換されても良いアミノ基を表すことがより好ましく、R、R、R、R及びRは各々独立して水素原子、フッ素原子、置換されていても良い炭素原子数1から10のアルキル基、置換されていても良い炭素原子数2から10のアルケニル基、置換されていても良い炭素原子数2から10のアルキニル基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数3から20の非芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数6から20の芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数3から20の非芳香族複素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数3から20の芳香族複素環基、又は、Rで表される置換されても良いアミノ基を表すことがさらに好ましく、R、R、R、R及びRは各々独立して水素原子、置換されていても良い炭素原子数1から10のアルキル基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数6から20の芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数3から20の芳香族複素環基、又は、Rで表される置換されても良いアミノ基を表すことがさらにより好ましく、R、R、R、R及びRは各々独立して水素原子、置換されていても良い炭素原子数1から10のアルキル基、又は、Rで表される置換されても良いアミノ基を表すことが特に好ましい。有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子の発光寿命を特に重視する場合、R、R、R、R及びRはハロゲン原子以外の基を表すことが特に好ましい。 In general formula (I), R2 , R3 , R4 , R5 and R6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. When a phosphorescent metal complex that emits blue light is aimed, from the viewpoint of the luminous efficiency of the metal complex, device life, ease of vapor deposition, stability, ease of synthesis, and availability of raw materials, R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a pentafluorosulfanyl group, an optionally substituted silyl group, an optionally substituted alkyl optionally substituted alkoxy group, optionally substituted alkylthio group, optionally substituted alkenyl group, optionally substituted alkenyloxy group, optionally substituted alkynyl group, substituted optionally substituted alkyloxycarbonyl group, optionally substituted alkynyloxycarbonyl group, optionally substituted alkylcarbonyl group, optionally substituted alkenylcarbonyl group, optionally substituted alkynylcarbonyl group, optionally substituted alkylcarbonyloxy group, optionally substituted alkenylcarbonyloxy group, optionally substituted alkynylcarbonyloxy group, optionally substituted aryloxy group, optionally substituted arylthio optionally substituted aryloxycarbonyl group, optionally substituted arylcarbonyl group, optionally substituted arylcarbonyloxy group, optionally substituted heteroaryloxy group, optionally substituted good heteroarylthio group, optionally substituted heteroaryloxycarbonyl group, optionally substituted heteroarylcarbonyl group, optionally substituted heteroarylcarbonyloxy group, optionally substituted, condensed ring A non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group that may form a, an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group that may be substituted and may form a condensed ring, may be substituted, and may form a condensed ring preferably a non-aromatic heterocyclic group, an optionally substituted aromatic heterocyclic group which may form a condensed ring, or an optionally substituted amino group represented by RA , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are each independently hydrogen atom, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, cyano group, optionally substituted silyl group, optionally substituted alkyl group, substituted optionally substituted alkoxy group, optionally substituted alkenyl group, optionally substituted alkenyloxy group, optionally substituted alkynyl group, optionally substituted alkynyl group aryloxy group, optionally substituted heteroaryloxy group, optionally substituted non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may form a condensed ring, optionally substituted and which forms a condensed ring an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may be substituted, a non-aromatic heterocyclic group which may be substituted and which may form a condensed ring, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may be substituted and which may form a condensed ring It is more preferable to represent a cyclic group or an optionally substituted amino group represented by RA , and R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, optionally substituted alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, optionally substituted alkynyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, substituted a non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may be substituted and which may form a condensed ring; Aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may form a condensed ring, optionally substituted or forming a condensed ring It is more preferable to represent an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms or an optionally substituted amino group represented by RA , and R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted aromatic hydrocarbon having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may form a condensed ring A cyclic group, an optionally substituted aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may form a condensed ring, or an optionally substituted amino group represented by RA . Even more preferably, R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or R A It is particularly preferred to represent an optionally substituted amino group. When the emission lifetime of the organic electroluminescence element is particularly important, it is particularly preferred that R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 represent groups other than halogen atoms.

一般式(I)において、=C(R)-、=C(R)-、=C(R)-及び=C(R)-は各々=C(R)-、=C(R)-、=C(R)-及び=C(R)-を表すか、=C(R)-、=C(R)-、=C(R)-及び=C(R)-のうち1つ又は2つが=N-を表すことが好ましく、=C(R)-、=C(R)-、=C(R)-及び=C(R)-は各々=C(R)-、=C(R)-、=C(R)-及び=C(R)-を表すか、=C(R)-、=C(R)-、=C(R)-及び=C(R)-のうち1つが=N-を表すことがより好ましく、=C(R)-、=C(R)-、=C(R)-及び=C(R)-は各々=C(R)-、=C(R)-、=C(R)-及び=C(R)-を表すことが特に好ましい。 In general formula (I), =C(R 3 )-, =C(R 4 )-, =C(R 5 )- and =C(R 6 )- are respectively =C(R 3 )- and =C (R 4 )-, =C(R 5 )- and =C(R 6 )-, or =C(R 3 )-, =C(R 4 )-, =C(R 5 )- and = Preferably one or two of C(R 6 )- represent =N-, =C(R 3 )-, =C(R 4 )-, =C(R 5 )- and =C(R 6 )- represents respectively =C(R 3 )-, =C(R 4 )-, =C(R 5 )- and =C(R 6 )-, or =C(R 3 )-, =C More preferably one of (R 4 )-, =C(R 5 )- and =C(R 6 )- represents =N-, =C(R 3 )-, =C(R 4 )- , =C(R 5 )- and =C(R 6 )- respectively represent =C(R 3 )-, =C(R 4 )-, =C(R 5 )- and =C(R 6 )- It is particularly preferred to express

ここで、一般式(I)において、=C(R)-、=C(R)-、=C(R)-及び/又は=C(R)-は各々独立して=N-を表しても良く、とは、=C(R)-、=C(R)-、=C(R)-及び=C(R)-を含む環において、=C(R)-、=C(R)-、=C(R)-及び=C(R)-のうち任意の1つ以上が=N-に置き換わっても良いことを意味する。例えば、一般式(I)において=C(R)-及び=C(R)-が=N-に置き換わる場合、一般式(I-L1)で表される基は、下記の式(1a) Here, in general formula (I), =C(R 3 )-, =C(R 4 )-, =C(R 5 )- and/or =C(R 6 )- are each independently =N may represent -, which means that in the ring containing =C(R 3 )-, =C(R 4 )-, =C(R 5 )- and =C(R 6 )-, =C(R 3 )-, =C(R 4 )-, =C(R 5 )- and =C(R 6 )- may be replaced with =N-. For example, when =C(R 3 )- and =C(R 6 )- are replaced with =N- in general formula (I), the group represented by general formula (I-L1) can be represented by the following formula (1a )

Figure 0007172393000004
Figure 0007172393000004

で表される基を意味する。 means a group represented by

また、一般式(I)において、RとR、RとR、RとR、RとR及び/又はRとRとが縮合環を形成しても良く、とは、RとR、RとR、RとR、RとR及び/又はRとRとが直接又は結合基を介して結合し1つの縮合環を形成しても良いことを意味する。具体例として、一般式(I)においてRとRとが縮合環を形成する場合、下記の式(1b)及び式(1c) In general formula (I), R 1 and R 2 , R 2 and R 3 , R 3 and R 4 , R 4 and R 5 and/or R 5 and R 6 may form a condensed ring. , means that R 1 and R 2 , R 2 and R 3 , R 3 and R 4 , R 4 and R 5 and/or R 5 and R 6 are bonded directly or via a linking group to form one condensed ring It means that you can form As a specific example, when R 2 and R 3 form a condensed ring in general formula (I), the following formulas (1b) and (1c)

Figure 0007172393000005
Figure 0007172393000005

で表される基が挙げられ、一般式(I)においてRとRとが縮合環を形成する場合、下記の式(1d)及び式(1e) When R 3 and R 4 form a condensed ring in general formula (I), the following formula (1d) and formula (1e)

Figure 0007172393000006
Figure 0007172393000006

で表される基を意味する。また、これらの縮合環はさらに置換されていても良い。本願発明において、縮合環を形成しても良く、又は、環を形成しても良くとは、以下同様の意味を表す。 means a group represented by Moreover, these condensed rings may be further substituted. In the present invention, "may form a condensed ring" or "may form a ring" has the same meaning below.

一般式(I)において、Rは置換されても良いアミノ基を表す。金属錯体の発光効率、素子寿命、蒸着の容易さ、安定性、色純度、合成の容易さ、原料の入手の容易さの観点から、Rは下記の式(RA-1)又は式(RA-2) In general formula (I), RA represents an optionally substituted amino group. From the viewpoint of the luminous efficiency of the metal complex, device life, ease of vapor deposition, stability, color purity, ease of synthesis, and availability of raw materials, R A is represented by the following formula (RA-1) or formula (RA -2)

Figure 0007172393000007
Figure 0007172393000007

(式中、式(RA-1)において破線は結合位置を表し、式(RA-2)において任意の位置に結合手を1つ有し、RB1、RB2及びRB3は各々独立して水素原子、置換されていても良いアルキル基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い非芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い非芳香族複素環基又は置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い芳香族複素環基を表すが、当該アルキル基、非芳香族炭化水素環基、芳香族炭化水素環基、非芳香族複素環基及び非芳香族複素環基中の任意の水素原子はフッ素原子に置換されても良く、1個の-CH-又は2個以上の-CH-が各々独立して-O-、-S-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CO-S-、-S-CO-、-O-CO-O-、-CO-NH-、-NH-CO-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-又は-C≡C-に置き換えられても良く、存在するRB1とRB2、RB2とRB3又はRB3とRB1とが環又は縮合環を形成しても良い。)から選ばれる基を表すことが好ましい。さらに、深い青色発光を示す金属錯体を目的とする場合、Rは下記の式(RA-1-1)から式(RA-2-3) (Wherein, in formula (RA-1), the dashed line represents the bonding position, and in formula (RA-2), there is one bond at any position, and R B1 , R B2 and R B3 are each independently hydrogen atom, optionally substituted alkyl group, optionally substituted non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may form a condensed ring, optionally substituted and which may form a condensed ring an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, an optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group which may form a condensed ring, or an optionally substituted aromatic heterocyclic group which may form a condensed ring; However, any hydrogen atom in the alkyl group, non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, non-aromatic heterocyclic group and non-aromatic heterocyclic group may be substituted with a fluorine atom. , one —CH 2 — or two or more —CH 2 — are each independently —O—, —S—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CO—S—, —S -CO-, -O-CO-O-, -CO-NH-, -NH-CO-, -CH=CH-, -CF=CF- or -C≡C- may be substituted and present R B1 and R B2 , R B2 and R B3 , or R B3 and R B1 may form a ring or a condensed ring.). Furthermore, when aiming for a metal complex that exhibits deep blue light emission, R A is the following formula (RA-1-1) to formula (RA-2-3)

Figure 0007172393000008
Figure 0007172393000008

(式中、破線は結合位置を表し、RC1及びRC2は各々独立して炭素原子数1から20の直鎖状アルキル基、炭素原子数3から20の分岐状アルキル基又は炭素原子数3から20の環状アルキル基を表すが、当該直鎖状アルキル基、分岐状アルキル基及び環状アルキル基中の任意の水素原子はフッ素原子に置換されても良く、1個の-CH-又は2個以上の-CH-が各々独立して-O-、-S-、-CO-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-又は-C≡C-に置き換えられても良く、存在するRC1とRC2とが環を形成しても良く、ArC1、ArC2及びArC3は各々独立して置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数6から20の芳香族炭化水素環基又は置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数3から20の芳香族複素環基を表すが、存在するArC1とArC2、ArC2とArC3及び/又はArC3とArC1とが縮合環を形成しても良い。)から選ばれるRA1で表される基を表すことが好ましく、Rは下記の式(RA-1-11)から式(RA-2-31) (wherein the dashed line represents the bonding position, R 1 and R 2 are each independently a linear alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or 3 to 20 cyclic alkyl groups, any hydrogen atom in the linear alkyl group, branched alkyl group and cyclic alkyl group may be substituted with a fluorine atom, and one —CH 2 — or two one or more -CH 2 - may be independently replaced with -O-, -S-, -CO-, -CH=CH-, -CF=CF- or -C≡C-, and is present R C1 and R C2 may form a ring, and each of Ar C1 , Ar C2 and Ar C3 may be independently substituted and may form a condensed ring having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. represents an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group or an optionally substituted aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may form a condensed ring ; C3 and/or Ar 2 C3 and Ar 2 C1 may form a condensed ring.), and R 2 preferably represents a group represented by R A1 selected from the following formula (RA-1-11) From the formula (RA-2-31)

Figure 0007172393000009
Figure 0007172393000009

(式中、破線は結合位置を表し、RC11及びRC21は各々独立して炭素原子数1から10の直鎖状アルキル基、炭素原子数3から10の分岐状アルキル基又は炭素原子数3から10の環状アルキル基を表すが、当該直鎖状アルキル基、分岐状アルキル基及び環状アルキル基中の1個の-CH-又は2個以上の-CH-が各々独立して-O-に置き換えられても良く、存在するRC11とRC21とが環を形成しても良く、ArC11、ArC21及びArC31は各々独立して下記の式(ARC-1)から式(ARC-17) (wherein the dashed line represents the bonding position, R 11 and R 21 are each independently a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, or 1 to 10 cyclic alkyl groups, wherein one —CH 2 — or two or more —CH 2 — in the linear alkyl group, branched alkyl group and cyclic alkyl group are each independently —O —, and R 1 C11 and R 1 C21 present may form a ring, and Ar 11 C11 , Ar 1 C21 and Ar 1 C31 are each independently represented by formulas (ARC-1) to (ARC -17)

Figure 0007172393000010
Figure 0007172393000010

Figure 0007172393000011
Figure 0007172393000011

(式中、任意の位置に結合手を1つ有し、任意の-CH=は各々独立して-N=に置き換えられても良く、-CH-は各々独立して-O-、-S-、-NR-(式中、Rは水素原子又は炭素原子数1から20のアルキル基を表す。)、-CS-又は-CO-に置き換えられても良いが、-O-O-結合を含まない。また、これらの基は無置換又は1つ以上のLによって置換されても良く、Lはフッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子、ペンタフルオロスルフラニル基、ニトロ基、シアノ基、イソシアノ基、アミノ基、ヒドロキシ基、メルカプト基、メチルアミノ基、ジメチルアミノ基、ジエチルアミノ基、ジイソプロピルアミノ基、トリメチルシリル基、ジメチルシリル基、チオイソシアノ基、又は、1個の-CH-又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-が各々独立して-O-、-S-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CO-S-、-S-CO-、-O-CO-O-、-CO-NH-、-NH-CO-、-CH=CH-COO-、-CH=CH-OCO-、-COO-CH=CH-、-OCO-CH=CH-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-又は-C≡C-によって置換されても良い炭素原子数1から20の直鎖状又は分岐状アルキル基を表すが、当該アルキル基中の任意の水素原子はフッ素原子に置換されていても良く、Lが複数存在する場合それらは同一であっても異なっていても良い。)から選ばれる基を表すが、存在するArC11とArC21ArC21とArC31、ArC31とArC11とが縮合環を形成しても良い。)から選ばれる基を表すことがより好ましく、Rは下記の式(RA-1-12)から式(RA-2-32) (Wherein, having one bond at any position, any -CH= may be independently replaced with -N=, -CH 2 - each independently -O-, - S—, —NR 0 — (wherein R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms), —CS— or —CO—, but —O—O - does not contain a bond, and these groups may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more L T , where L T is a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, a pentafluorosulfuranyl group, nitro group, cyano group, isocyano group, amino group, hydroxy group, mercapto group, methylamino group, dimethylamino group, diethylamino group, diisopropylamino group, trimethylsilyl group, dimethylsilyl group, thioisocyano group, or one -CH 2 - or two or more non-adjacent -CH 2 - are each independently -O-, -S-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CO-S-, -S-CO -, -O-CO-O-, -CO-NH-, -NH-CO-, -CH=CH-COO-, -CH=CH-OCO-, -COO-CH=CH-, -OCO-CH =CH-, -CH=CH-, -CF=CF- or -C≡C- represents a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may be substituted by Any hydrogen atom of may be substituted with a fluorine atom, and when a plurality of L T are present, they may be the same or different.) represents a group selected from Ar C11 and Ar C21 Ar C21 and Ar C31 , and Ar C31 and Ar C11 may form a condensed ring. ), and R A is the following formula (RA-1-12) to formula (RA-2-32)

Figure 0007172393000012
Figure 0007172393000012

(式中、破線は結合位置を表し、RC12及びRC22は各々独立して炭素原子数1から10の直鎖状アルキル基又は炭素原子数3から10の分岐状アルキル基を表すが、存在するRC12とRC22とが環を形成しても良く、ArC12、ArC22及びArC32は各々独立して下記の式(ARC-1-1)から式(ARC-15-1) (In the formula, the dashed line represents the bonding position, and each of R 12 and R 22 independently represents a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms. R C12 and R C22 may form a ring, and Ar C12 , Ar C22 and Ar C32 are each independently represented by the following formulas (ARC-1-1) to (ARC-15-1)

Figure 0007172393000013
Figure 0007172393000013

Figure 0007172393000014
Figure 0007172393000014

(式中、任意の位置に結合手を1つ有し、任意の-CH=は各々独立して-N=に置き換えられても良く、-CH-は各々独立して-O-、-S-、-NR-(式中、Rは水素原子又は炭素原子数1から20のアルキル基を表す。)、-CS-又は-CO-に置き換えられても良いが、-O-O-結合を含まない。また、これらの基は無置換又は1つ以上の上述のLによって置換されても良い。)から選ばれる基を表すが、存在するArC12とArC22ArC22とArC32、ArC32とArC12とが縮合環を形成しても良い。)から選ばれる基を表すことがさらに好ましく、Rは下記の式(RA-1-13)から式(RA-1-33) (Wherein, having one bond at any position, any -CH= may be independently replaced with -N=, -CH 2 - each independently -O-, - S—, —NR 0 — (wherein R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms), —CS— or —CO—, but —O—O - does not contain a bond, and these groups may be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more of the above L T. ), but where present Ar C12 and Ar C22 Ar C22 and Ar C32 , Ar 2 C32 and Ar 2 C12 may form a condensed ring. ), and R A is the following formula (RA-1-13) to formula (RA-1-33)

Figure 0007172393000015
Figure 0007172393000015

(式中、破線は結合位置を表し、RC13及びRC23は各々独立して炭素原子数1から8の直鎖状アルキル基、炭素原子数3から8の分岐状アルキル基又は炭素原子数3から8の環状アルキル基を表すが、存在するRC13とRC23とが環又は縮合環を形成しても良く、ArC13及びArC23は各々独立して下記の式(ARC-1-2)から式(ARC-7-2) (wherein the dashed line represents the bonding position, and R 13 and R 23 each independently represent a linear alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, or Represents a cyclic alkyl group of 8 from to R 1 C13 and R 1 C23 may form a ring or a condensed ring, and Ar 13 and Ar 23 are each independently the following formula (ARC-1-2) From formula (ARC-7-2)

Figure 0007172393000016
Figure 0007172393000016

(式中、任意の位置に1つ結合手を有する。また、これらの基は無置換又は1つ以上のLT1によって置換されても良く、LT1はフッ素原子、炭素原子数1から8の直鎖状又は分岐状アルキル基、炭素原子数1から7の直鎖状又は分岐状アルコキシ基を表すが、LT1が複数存在する場合それらは同一であっても異なっていても良い。)から選ばれる基を表すが、存在するArC13とArC23とが縮合環を形成しても良い。)から選ばれる基を表すことがさらにより好ましく、Rは下記の式(RA-1-14)又は式(RA-1-34) (In the formula, it has one bond at any position. Further, these groups may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more L T1 , L T1 is a fluorine atom, a represents a straight-chain or branched alkyl group, or a straight-chain or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, and when there are a plurality of LT1 , they may be the same or different. Although the selected groups are represented, the existing Ar 2 C13 and Ar 2 C23 may form a condensed ring. ), and R A is the following formula (RA-1-14) or formula (RA-1-34)

Figure 0007172393000017
Figure 0007172393000017

(式中、破線は結合位置を表し、RC14及びRC24は各々独立して炭素原子数1から3の直鎖状アルキル基又は炭素原子数3から5の分岐状アルキル基を表すが、RC14とRC24とが環を形成しても良く、ArC14及びArC24は各々独立して下記の式(ARC-1-3)から式(ARC-7-3) (wherein the dashed line represents the bonding position, R 14 and R 24 each independently represent a linear alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 5 carbon atoms, but R C14 and R 2 C24 may form a ring, and each of Ar 2 C14 and Ar 24 independently

Figure 0007172393000018
Figure 0007172393000018

(式中、任意の位置に結合手を1つ有する。また、これらの基は無置換又は1つ以上のLT11によって置換されても良く、LT11は炭素原子数1から3の直鎖状アルキル基又は炭素原子数3から5の分岐状アルキル基を表すが、LT11が複数存在する場合それらは同一であっても異なっていても良い。)から選ばれる基を表すが、ArC14とArC24とが縮合環を形成しても良い。)から選ばれる基を表すことが特に好ましい。Rで表される基の具体例としては、下記の式(ra11-1)から式(ra23-76) (In the formula, it has one bond at any position. These groups may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more LT11 , and LT11 is a straight chain having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. represents an alkyl group or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 5 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of L T11 are present, they may be the same or different.) represents a group selected from Ar C14 and Ar 2 C24 may form a condensed ring. ) are particularly preferred. Specific examples of the group represented by R A include the following formulas (ra11-1) to (ra23-76)

Figure 0007172393000019
Figure 0007172393000019

Figure 0007172393000020
Figure 0007172393000020

Figure 0007172393000021
Figure 0007172393000021

Figure 0007172393000022
Figure 0007172393000022

Figure 0007172393000023
Figure 0007172393000023

Figure 0007172393000024
Figure 0007172393000024

Figure 0007172393000025
Figure 0007172393000025

Figure 0007172393000026
Figure 0007172393000026

Figure 0007172393000027
Figure 0007172393000027

Figure 0007172393000028
Figure 0007172393000028

Figure 0007172393000029
Figure 0007172393000029

Figure 0007172393000030
Figure 0007172393000030

Figure 0007172393000031
Figure 0007172393000031

Figure 0007172393000032
Figure 0007172393000032

Figure 0007172393000033
Figure 0007172393000033

Figure 0007172393000034
Figure 0007172393000034

Figure 0007172393000035
Figure 0007172393000035

Figure 0007172393000036
Figure 0007172393000036

Figure 0007172393000037
Figure 0007172393000037

Figure 0007172393000038
Figure 0007172393000038

Figure 0007172393000039
Figure 0007172393000039

Figure 0007172393000040
Figure 0007172393000040

Figure 0007172393000041
Figure 0007172393000041

Figure 0007172393000042
Figure 0007172393000042

Figure 0007172393000043
Figure 0007172393000043

Figure 0007172393000044
Figure 0007172393000044

Figure 0007172393000045
Figure 0007172393000045

Figure 0007172393000046
Figure 0007172393000046

Figure 0007172393000047
Figure 0007172393000047

Figure 0007172393000048
Figure 0007172393000048

Figure 0007172393000049
Figure 0007172393000049

Figure 0007172393000050
Figure 0007172393000050

Figure 0007172393000051
Figure 0007172393000051

Figure 0007172393000052
Figure 0007172393000052

Figure 0007172393000053
Figure 0007172393000053

Figure 0007172393000054
Figure 0007172393000054

Figure 0007172393000055
Figure 0007172393000055

Figure 0007172393000056
Figure 0007172393000056

Figure 0007172393000057
Figure 0007172393000057

Figure 0007172393000058
Figure 0007172393000058

Figure 0007172393000059
Figure 0007172393000059

Figure 0007172393000060
Figure 0007172393000060

Figure 0007172393000061
Figure 0007172393000061

Figure 0007172393000062
Figure 0007172393000062

Figure 0007172393000063
Figure 0007172393000063

Figure 0007172393000064
Figure 0007172393000064

Figure 0007172393000065
Figure 0007172393000065

Figure 0007172393000066
Figure 0007172393000066

Figure 0007172393000067
Figure 0007172393000067

Figure 0007172393000068
Figure 0007172393000068

Figure 0007172393000069
Figure 0007172393000069

Figure 0007172393000070
Figure 0007172393000070

Figure 0007172393000071
Figure 0007172393000071

Figure 0007172393000072
Figure 0007172393000072

Figure 0007172393000073
Figure 0007172393000073

(式中、破線は結合位置を表す。)で表される構造が挙げられる。 (Wherein, the dashed line represents the bonding position.).

一般式(I)において、R、R、R、R、R及びRのうち少なくとも1つはRで表される置換されても良いアミノ基を表す。種々の特性のうち、より色純度の高い青色発光を特に重視する場合、HOMO-LUMOエネルギー差が大きくなることから、少なくとも1つのRで表される基はR又はRの位置に置換していることが好ましい。ホール及び電子の注入バランスを特に重視する場合、HOMOエネルギー準位が高くなることから、少なくとも1つのRで表される基はRの位置に置換していることが好ましい。色純度の高い青色発光とホール及び電子の注入バランスの両方を重視する場合、HOMO-LUMOエネルギー差が大きく、HOMOエネルギー準位が高いことから、少なくとも1つのRで表される基はR又はRの位置に置換していることが好ましい。 In general formula (I), at least one of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 represents an optionally substituted amino group represented by RA . Among the various characteristics, when blue light emission with higher color purity is particularly important, the HOMO-LUMO energy difference increases, so at least one group represented by R A is substituted at the position of R 1 or R 2 . preferably. When the injection balance of holes and electrons is particularly important, it is preferable that at least one group represented by RA is substituted at the position of R 4 because the HOMO energy level is increased. When emphasizing both blue light emission with high color purity and injection balance of holes and electrons, the HOMO - LUMO energy difference is large and the HOMO energy level is high . Alternatively, it is preferably substituted at the R5 position.

一般式(I)において、LはMと結合する一価アニオン性の二座配位子を表す。金属錯体の発光効率、素子寿命、蒸着の容易さ、安定性、色純度、合成の容易さ、原料の入手の容易さの観点から、LにおいてMと配位する原子は、Lが複数存在する場合は各々独立して炭素原子と窒素原子、酸素原子と酸素原子、酸素原子と窒素原子又は炭素原子と炭素原子であることが好ましく、LにおいてMと配位する原子は、Lが複数存在する場合は各々独立して炭素原子と窒素原子、酸素原子と酸素原子又は酸素原子と窒素原子であることが特に好ましい。Lとしては、Lで表される配位子以外の配位子であれば良いが、例えば下記の一般式(I-L2-1)及び一般式(I-L2-2) In general formula ( I ), L2 represents a monovalent anionic bidentate ligand that binds to M. From the viewpoint of the luminous efficiency of the metal complex, device life, ease of vapor deposition, stability, color purity, ease of synthesis, and availability of raw materials, the atoms coordinated with M in L 2 are When present, they are preferably each independently a carbon atom and a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and an oxygen atom, an oxygen atom and a nitrogen atom, or a carbon atom and a carbon atom. When a plurality of are present, it is particularly preferred that they are each independently a carbon atom and a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and an oxygen atom, or an oxygen atom and a nitrogen atom. L 2 may be any ligand other than the ligand represented by L 1 , for example, the following general formula (IL2-1) and general formula (IL2-2)

Figure 0007172393000074
Figure 0007172393000074

(式中、破線はMとの結合位置を表し、環Cは少なくとも1つの窒素原子を有する複素環基を表し、環Dは少なくとも1つの炭素原子を有する炭化水素環基又は複素環基を表す。)から選ばれる基又はジケトン、含窒素複素環を有するカルボン酸、含窒素複素環が置換した芳香族化合物、ヒドロキシル基を有するシッフ塩基、ヒドロキシル基を有する含窒素複素環化合物が挙げられる。Lの具体例としては、下記の式(I-L2-1-1)から式(I-L2-2-4) (Wherein, the dashed line represents the bonding position with M, Ring C represents a heterocyclic group having at least one nitrogen atom, Ring D represents a hydrocarbon ring group or heterocyclic group having at least one carbon atom ) or a diketone, a carboxylic acid having a nitrogen-containing heterocycle, an aromatic compound substituted with a nitrogen-containing heterocycle, a Schiff base having a hydroxyl group, and a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound having a hydroxyl group. Specific examples of L 2 include the following formulas (IL2-1-1) to (IL2-2-4)

Figure 0007172393000075
Figure 0007172393000075

(式中、破線はMとの結合位置を表し、任意の=CH-は=CR-に置き換えられても良く、任意の-NH-は-NR-に置き換えられても良く(R及びRは置換基を表す。)、さらに環が縮合していても良い。)及び式(L2-1)から式(L2-11) (In the formula, the dashed line represents the bonding position with M, any ═CH— may be replaced with ═CR U —, and any —NH— may be replaced with —NR V — (R U and R V represent a substituent.), and the ring may be condensed.) and formulas (L2-1) to formulas (L2-11)

Figure 0007172393000076
Figure 0007172393000076

(式中、破線はMとの結合位置を表す。)で表される基が挙げられる。 (In the formula, the dashed line represents the bonding position with M.).

一般式(I)において、mは1から3の整数を表し、nは0から2の整数を表すが、m+nは2又は3を表す。Mがイリジウム、ロジウム、ルテニウム又はオスミウムを表す場合、m+nは3を表し、Mがパラジウム、白金又は金を表す場合、m+nは2を表す。金属錯体の発光効率、素子寿命、安定性、色純度、合成の容易さ、原料の入手の容易さの観点から、m+nが3を表す場合、mは2又は3を表すことが好ましく、mは3を表すことが特に好ましく、m+nが2を表す場合、mは1又は2を表すことが好ましく、mは2を表すことが特に好ましい。 In general formula (I), m represents an integer of 1 to 3, n represents an integer of 0 to 2, and m+n represents 2 or 3. m+n represents 3 when M represents iridium, rhodium, ruthenium or osmium, and m+n represents 2 when M represents palladium, platinum or gold. When m+n represents 3, m preferably represents 2 or 3, and m is It particularly preferably represents 3, and when m+n represents 2, m preferably represents 1 or 2, and m particularly preferably represents 2.

金属錯体の発光効率、素子寿命、安定性、色純度、合成の容易さ、原料の入手の容易さの観点から、一般式(I)で表される化合物は、下記の一般式(I-i)
11 m121 n1 (I-i)
(式中、Mはイリジウム、ロジウム、パラジウム、白金、金、オスミウム又はルテニウムから選ばれる金属を表し、
11は複数存在する場合は各々独立して下記の一般式(I-L1-i)
From the viewpoint of the luminous efficiency, device life, stability, color purity, ease of synthesis, and availability of raw materials of the metal complex, the compound represented by the general formula (I) is represented by the following general formula (Ii )
M 1 L 11 m1 L 21 n1 (Ii)
(wherein M 1 represents a metal selected from iridium, rhodium, palladium, platinum, gold, osmium or ruthenium,
When multiple L 11 are present, they are each independently represented by the following general formula (I-L1-i)

Figure 0007172393000077
Figure 0007172393000077

(式中、破線はMとの結合位置を表し、
11はハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、ペンタフルオロスルファニル基、置換されていても良いシリル基、置換されていても良いアルキル基、置換されていても良いアルコキシ基、置換されていても良いアルキルチオ基、置換されていても良いアルケニル基、置換されていても良いアルケニルオキシ基、置換されていても良いアルキニル基、置換されていても良いアルキルオキシカルボニル基、置換されていても良いアルキニルオキシカルボニル基、置換されていても良いアルキルカルボニル基、置換されていても良いアルケニルカルボニル基、置換されていても良いアルキニルカルボニル基、置換されていても良いアルキルカルボニルオキシ基、置換されていても良いアルケニルカルボニルオキシ基、置換されていても良いアルキニルカルボニルオキシ基、置換されていても良いアリールオキシ基、置換されていても良いアリールチオ基、置換されていても良いアリールオキシカルボニル基、置換されていても良いアリールカルボニル基、置換されていても良いアリールカルボニルオキシ基、置換されていても良いヘテロアリールオキシ基、置換されていても良いヘテロアリールチオ基、置換されていても良いヘテロアリールオキシカルボニル基、置換されていても良いヘテロアリールカルボニル基、置換されていても良いヘテロアリールカルボニルオキシ基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い非芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い非芳香族複素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い芳香族複素環基、又は、下記の式(RA-1-1)から式(RA-2-3)
(wherein the dashed line represents the binding position with M1 ,
R 11 is a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a pentafluorosulfanyl group, an optionally substituted silyl group, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted alkylthio group, optionally substituted alkenyl group, optionally substituted alkenyloxy group, optionally substituted alkynyl group, optionally substituted alkyloxycarbonyl group, optionally substituted alkynyloxy carbonyl group, optionally substituted alkylcarbonyl group, optionally substituted alkenylcarbonyl group, optionally substituted alkynylcarbonyl group, optionally substituted alkylcarbonyloxy group, optionally substituted alkenylcarbonyloxy group, optionally substituted alkynylcarbonyloxy group, optionally substituted aryloxy group, optionally substituted arylthio group, optionally substituted aryloxycarbonyl group, substituted optionally substituted arylcarbonyl group, optionally substituted arylcarbonyloxy group, optionally substituted heteroaryloxy group, optionally substituted heteroarylthio group, optionally substituted heteroaryloxycarbonyl group , optionally substituted heteroarylcarbonyl group, optionally substituted heteroarylcarbonyloxy group, optionally substituted non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may form a condensed ring, substituted an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may be substituted and which may form a condensed ring, a non-aromatic heterocyclic group which may be substituted and which may form a condensed ring, an optionally substituted condensed ring or an aromatic heterocyclic group that may form the following formula (RA-1-1) to formula (RA-2-3)

Figure 0007172393000078
Figure 0007172393000078

(式中、破線は結合位置を表し、RC1及びRC2は各々独立して炭素原子数1から20の直鎖状アルキル基、炭素原子数3から20の分岐状アルキル基又は炭素原子数3から20の環状アルキル基を表すが、当該直鎖状アルキル基、分岐状アルキル基及び環状アルキル基中の任意の水素原子はフッ素原子に置換されても良く、1個の-CH-又は2個以上の-CH-が各々独立して-O-、-S-、-CO-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-又は-C≡C-に置き換えられても良く、存在するRC1とRC2とが環を形成しても良く、ArC1、ArC2及びArC3は各々独立して置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数6から20の芳香族炭化水素環基又は置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数3から20の芳香族複素環基を表すが、存在するArC1とArC2、ArC2とArC3及び/又はArC3とArC1とが縮合環を形成しても良い。)から選ばれるRA1で表される基を表し、
21、R31、R41、R51及びR61は各々独立して水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、ペンタフルオロスルファニル基、置換されていても良いシリル基、置換されていても良いアルキル基、置換されていても良いアルコキシ基、置換されていても良いアルキルチオ基、置換されていても良いアルケニル基、置換されていても良いアルケニルオキシ基、置換されていても良いアルキニル基、置換されていても良いアルキルオキシカルボニル基、置換されていても良いアルキニルオキシカルボニル基、置換されていても良いアルキルカルボニル基、置換されていても良いアルケニルカルボニル基、置換されていても良いアルキニルカルボニル基、置換されていても良いアルキルカルボニルオキシ基、置換されていても良いアルケニルカルボニルオキシ基、置換されていても良いアルキニルカルボニルオキシ基、置換されていても良いアリールオキシ基、置換されていても良いアリールチオ基、置換されていても良いアリールオキシカルボニル基、置換されていても良いアリールカルボニル基、置換されていても良いアリールカルボニルオキシ基、置換されていても良いヘテロアリールオキシ基、置換されていても良いヘテロアリールチオ基、置換されていても良いヘテロアリールオキシカルボニル基、置換されていても良いヘテロアリールカルボニル基、置換されていても良いヘテロアリールカルボニルオキシ基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い非芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い非芳香族複素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い芳香族複素環基、又は、RA1で表される基を表すが、=C(R31)-、=C(R41)-、=C(R51)-及び/又は=C(R61)-は各々独立して=N-を表しても良く、R11とR21、R21とR31、R31とR41、R41とR51及び/又はR51とR61とが縮合環を形成しても良いが、R11、R21、R31、R41、R51及びR61のうち少なくとも1つはRA1で表される基を表す。)で表される基を表し、
21は複数存在する場合は各々独立してMと結合する一価アニオン性の二座配位子を表し、
m1は1から3の整数を表し、
n1は0から2の整数を表すが、m1+n1は2又は3を表す。)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
(wherein the dashed line represents the bonding position, R 1 and R 2 are each independently a linear alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or 3 to 20 cyclic alkyl groups, any hydrogen atom in the linear alkyl group, branched alkyl group and cyclic alkyl group may be substituted with a fluorine atom, and one —CH 2 — or two one or more -CH 2 - may be independently replaced with -O-, -S-, -CO-, -CH=CH-, -CF=CF- or -C≡C-, and is present R C1 and R C2 may form a ring, and each of Ar C1 , Ar C2 and Ar C3 may be independently substituted and may form a condensed ring having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. represents an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group or an optionally substituted aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may form a condensed ring ; C3 and/or Ar C3 and Ar C1 may form a condensed ring.) represents a group represented by R A1 selected from
R 21 , R 31 , R 41 , R 51 and R 61 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a pentafluorosulfanyl group, an optionally substituted silyl group, an optionally substituted a good alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted alkylthio group, an optionally substituted alkenyl group, an optionally substituted alkenyloxy group, an optionally substituted alkynyl group, optionally substituted alkyloxycarbonyl group, optionally substituted alkynyloxycarbonyl group, optionally substituted alkylcarbonyl group, optionally substituted alkenylcarbonyl group, optionally substituted alkynylcarbonyl group optionally substituted alkylcarbonyloxy group, optionally substituted alkenylcarbonyloxy group, optionally substituted alkynylcarbonyloxy group, optionally substituted aryloxy group, optionally substituted good arylthio group, optionally substituted aryloxycarbonyl group, optionally substituted arylcarbonyl group, optionally substituted arylcarbonyloxy group, optionally substituted heteroaryloxy group, substituted optionally substituted heteroarylthio group, optionally substituted heteroaryloxycarbonyl group, optionally substituted heteroarylcarbonyl group, optionally substituted heteroarylcarbonyloxy group, optionally substituted, A non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may form a condensed ring, an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may be substituted and which may form a condensed ring, an optionally substituted ring which may form a condensed ring represents a non-aromatic heterocyclic group which may be substituted, an optionally substituted aromatic heterocyclic group which may form a condensed ring, or a group represented by R A1 , but =C(R 31 ) -, =C(R 41 )-, =C ( R 51 )- and/or =C ( R 61 )- may each independently represent =N-; R 31 , R 31 and R 41 , R 41 and R 51 and/or R 51 and R 61 may form a condensed ring, but R 11 , R 21 , R 31 , R 41 , R 51 and R At least one of 61 represents a group represented by RA1 . ) represents a group represented by
L 21 represents a monovalent anionic bidentate ligand that independently binds to M 1 when multiple L 21 are present,
m1 represents an integer from 1 to 3,
Although n1 represents an integer of 0 to 2, m1+n1 represents 2 or 3. ) is preferably a compound represented by

より色純度の高い青色発光を特に重視する場合、及び、有機溶媒への溶解性と熱安定性とのバランスを特に重視する場合、一般式(I)で表される化合物は、下記の一般式(I-i-1)
11111 m11211 n11 (I-i-1)
(式中、M11はイリジウム、白金、金又はオスミウムから選ばれる金属を表し、
111は複数存在する場合は各々独立して下記の一般式(I-L1-i-1)
When particularly emphasizing blue light emission with higher color purity, and when particularly emphasizing the balance between solubility in an organic solvent and thermal stability, the compound represented by the general formula (I) is represented by the following general formula (Ii-1)
M 11 L 111 m11 L 211 n11 (Ii-1)
(wherein M 11 represents a metal selected from iridium, platinum, gold or osmium,
When multiple L 111 are present, each independently of the following general formula (IL1-i-1)

Figure 0007172393000079
Figure 0007172393000079

(式中、破線はM11との結合位置を表し、
211、R311、R411、R511及びR611は各々独立して水素原子、フッ素原子、塩素原子、シアノ基、置換されていても良いシリル基、置換されていても良いアルキル基、置換されていても良いアルコキシ基、置換されていても良いアルケニル基、置換されていても良いアルケニルオキシ基、置換されていても良いアルキニル基、置換されていても良いアリールオキシ基、置換されていても良いヘテロアリールオキシ基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い非芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い非芳香族複素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い芳香族複素環基を表すが、=C(R311)-、=C(R411)-、=C(R511)-及び/又は=C(R611)-は各々独立して=N-を表しても良く、RA11は上記の式(RA-1-11)から式(RA-2-31)から選ばれる基を表すが、RA11とR211、R211とR311、R311とR411、R411とR511及び/又はR511とR611とが縮合環を形成しても良く、
211はM11と結合する一価アニオン性の二座配位子を表し、
m11は1から3の整数を表し、
n11は0又は1を表すが、m11+n11は2又は3を表す。)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、一般式(I)で表される化合物は、下記の一般式(I-i-11)
1111111 m1112111 n111 (I-i-11)
(式中、M111はイリジウム、白金又は金から選ばれる金属を表し、
1111は複数存在する場合は各々独立して下記の一般式(I-L1-i-11)
( Wherein , the dashed line represents the binding position with M11,
R 211 , R 311 , R 411 , R 511 and R 611 are each independently hydrogen atom, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, cyano group, optionally substituted silyl group, optionally substituted alkyl group, substituted optionally substituted alkoxy group, optionally substituted alkenyl group, optionally substituted alkenyloxy group, optionally substituted alkynyl group, optionally substituted aryloxy group, substituted heteroaryloxy group, optionally substituted non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may form a condensed ring, optionally substituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring which may form a condensed ring represents an optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group which may form a condensed ring, an optionally substituted aromatic heterocyclic group which may form a condensed ring, and =C (R 311 )-, =C(R 411 )-, =C(R 511 )- and/or =C(R 611 )- may each independently represent =N-, and R A11 is the above represents a group selected from formula (RA-1-11) to formula (RA-2-31), wherein R A11 and R 211 , R 211 and R 311 , R 311 and R 411 , R 411 and R 511 and/or or R 511 and R 611 may form a condensed ring,
L 211 represents a monovalent anionic bidentate ligand that binds to M 11 ,
m11 represents an integer from 1 to 3,
n11 represents 0 or 1, but m11+n11 represents 2 or 3. ) is preferably a compound represented by the general formula (I), the compound represented by the following general formula (Ii-11)
M 111 L 1111 m111 L 2111 n111 (Ii-11)
(wherein M 111 represents a metal selected from iridium, platinum or gold,
When multiple L 1111 are present, each independently of the following general formula (IL1-i-11)

Figure 0007172393000080
Figure 0007172393000080

(式中、破線はM111との結合位置を表し、
2111、R3111、R4111及びR5111は各々独立して水素原子、フッ素原子、置換されていても良い炭素原子数1から10のアルキル基、置換されていても良い炭素原子数2から10のアルケニル基、置換されていても良い炭素原子数2から10のアルキニル基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数3から20の非芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数6から20の芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数3から20の非芳香族複素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数3から20の芳香族複素環基を表すが、=C(R3111)-、=C(R4111)-及び/又は=C(R5111)-は各々独立して=N-を表しても良く、RA111は上記の式(RA-1-12)から式(RA-2-32)から選ばれる基を表すが、RA111とR2111、R2111とR3111、R3111とR4111及び/又はR4111とR5111とが縮合環を形成しても良く、
2111はM111と結合する一価アニオン性の二座配位子を表し、
m111は1から3の整数を表し、
n111は0又は1を表すが、Mがイリジウムを表す場合、m111+n111は3を表し、Mが白金又は金を表す場合、m111+n111は2を表す。)で表される化合物であることがより好ましく、一般式(I)で表される化合物は、下記の一般式(I-i-12)
(Wherein, the dashed line represents the binding position with M111 ,
R 2111 , R 3111 , R 4111 and R 5111 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or an optionally substituted 2 to 10 carbon atoms an alkenyl group of, an optionally substituted alkynyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may form a condensed ring, an optionally substituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may form a condensed ring, an optionally substituted carbon atom number of 3 to 20 which may form a condensed ring represents an optionally substituted aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may form a condensed ring, ═C(R 3111 )—, ═C( R 4111 )- and/or =C(R 5111 )- may each independently represent =N-, and R A111 is the above formula (RA-1-12) to formula (RA-2-32) represents a group selected from R A111 and R 2111 , R 2111 and R 3111 , R 3111 and R 4111 and/or R 4111 and R 5111 may form a condensed ring,
L 2111 represents a monovalent anionic bidentate ligand that binds to M 111 ,
m111 represents an integer from 1 to 3,
n111 represents 0 or 1, but m111+n111 represents 3 when M represents iridium, and m111+n111 represents 2 when M represents platinum or gold. ) is more preferably a compound represented by the general formula (I), the compound represented by the following general formula (Ii-12)

Figure 0007172393000081
Figure 0007172393000081

(式中、R3112、R4112及びR5112は各々独立して水素原子、置換されていても良い炭素原子数1から10のアルキル基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数6から20の芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数3から20の芳香族複素環基を表すが、=C(R3112)-、=C(R4112)-及び/又は=C(R5112)-は各々独立して=N-を表しても良く、RA112は上記の式(RA-1-13)から式(RA-1-33)から選ばれる基を表し、
2112はイリジウムと結合する一価アニオン性の二座配位子を表し、
m112は2又は3を表し、
n112は0又は1を表すが、m112+n112は3を表す。)で表される化合物であることがさらに好ましく、一般式(I)で表される化合物は、下記の一般式(I-i-13)
(Wherein, R 3112 , R 4112 and R 5112 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, optionally substituted, or forming a condensed ring represents an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may be substituted and may form a condensed ring, and =C(R 3112 )-, =C(R 4112 )- and/or =C(R 5112 )- may each independently represent =N-, and R A112 represents the above formula (RA-1-13) to formula represents a group selected from (RA-1-33),
L 2112 represents a monovalent anionic bidentate ligand that binds iridium,
m112 represents 2 or 3,
n112 represents 0 or 1, but m112+n112 represents 3. ) is more preferably a compound represented by the general formula (I), the compound represented by the following general formula (Ii-13)

Figure 0007172393000082
Figure 0007172393000082

(式中、RA113は上記の式(RA-1-14)又は式(RA-1-34)から選ばれる基を表し、
2113はイリジウムと結合する一価アニオン性の二座配位子を表し、
m113は2又は3を表し、
n113は0又は1を表すが、m113+n113は3を表す。)で表される化合物であることが特に好ましい。
(Wherein, R A113 represents a group selected from the above formula (RA-1-14) or formula (RA-1-34),
L 2113 represents a monovalent anionic bidentate ligand that binds iridium,
m113 represents 2 or 3,
n113 represents 0 or 1, but m113+n113 represents 3. ) is particularly preferred.

より色純度の高い青色発光を特に重視する場合、及び、金属錯体の有機溶媒への溶解性を特に重視する場合、一般式(I)で表される化合物は、下記の一般式(I-i-2)
11112 m11211 n11 (I-i-2)
(式中、M11、L211、m11及びn11は各々一般式(I-i-1)におけるM11、L211、m11及びn11と同様の意味を表し、
112は複数存在する場合は各々独立して下記の一般式(I-L1-i-2)
When particular importance is attached to blue light emission with higher color purity, and when particular importance is attached to the solubility of the metal complex in an organic solvent, the compound represented by general formula (I) is represented by the following general formula (Ii -2)
M 11 L 112 m11 L 211 n11 (Ii-2)
(wherein M 11 , L 211 , m11 and n11 each have the same meaning as M 11 , L 211 , m11 and n11 in general formula (Ii-1);
When multiple L 112 are present, each independently of the following general formula (IL1-i-2)

Figure 0007172393000083
Figure 0007172393000083

(式中、破線はM11との結合位置を表し、
112はフッ素原子、塩素原子、シアノ基、置換されていても良いシリル基、置換されていても良いアルキル基、置換されていても良いアルコキシ基、置換されていても良いアルケニル基、置換されていても良いアルケニルオキシ基、置換されていても良いアルキニル基、置換されていても良いアリールオキシ基、置換されていても良いヘテロアリールオキシ基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い非芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い非芳香族複素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い芳香族複素環基を表し、
312、R412、R512及びR612は各々独立して水素原子、フッ素原子、塩素原子、シアノ基、置換されていても良いシリル基、置換されていても良いアルキル基、置換されていても良いアルコキシ基、置換されていても良いアルケニル基、置換されていても良いアルケニルオキシ基、置換されていても良いアルキニル基、置換されていても良いアリールオキシ基、置換されていても良いヘテロアリールオキシ基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い非芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い非芳香族複素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い芳香族複素環基を表すが、=C(R312)-、=C(R412)-、=C(R512)-及び/又は=C(R612)-は各々独立して=N-を表しても良く、RA12は上記の式(RA-1-11)から式(RA-2-31)から選ばれる基を表すが、R112とRA12、RA12とR312、R312とR412、R412とR512及び/又はR512とR612とが縮合環を形成しても良い。)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、一般式(I)で表される化合物は、下記の一般式(I-i-21)
1111121 m1112111 n111 (I-i-21)
(式中、M111、L2111、m111及びn111は各々一般式(I-i-11)におけるM111、L2111、m111及びn111と同様の意味を表し、
1121は複数存在する場合は各々独立して下記の一般式(I-L1-i-21)
( Wherein , the dashed line represents the binding position with M11,
R 112 is a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a cyano group, an optionally substituted silyl group, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted alkenyl group, a substituted optionally substituted alkenyloxy group, optionally substituted alkynyl group, optionally substituted aryloxy group, optionally substituted heteroaryloxy group, optionally substituted, forming a condensed ring non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may be substituted, optionally substituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may form a condensed ring, optionally substituted non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may form a condensed ring represents an aromatic heterocyclic group which may be substituted and may form a condensed ring,
R 312 , R 412 , R 512 and R 612 are each independently hydrogen atom, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, cyano group, optionally substituted silyl group, optionally substituted alkyl group, substituted alkoxy group, optionally substituted alkenyl group, optionally substituted alkenyloxy group, optionally substituted alkynyl group, optionally substituted aryloxy group, optionally substituted hetero aryloxy group, optionally substituted non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may form a condensed ring, optionally substituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may form a condensed ring, substituted represents a non-aromatic heterocyclic group which may be substituted and may form a condensed ring, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may be substituted and which may form a condensed ring, =C(R 312 )-, =C(R 412 )-, =C(R 512 )- and/or =C(R 612 )- may each independently represent =N-, and R A12 represents the above formula (RA -1-11 ) to R A12 , R A12 and R 312 , R 312 and R 412 , R 412 and R 512 and/or R 512 and R 612 may form a condensed ring. ) is preferably a compound represented by the general formula (I), the compound represented by the following general formula (Ii-21)
M 111 L 1121 m111 L 2111 n111 (Ii-21)
(wherein M 111 , L 2111 , m111 and n111 each have the same meaning as M 111 , L 2111 , m111 and n111 in general formula (Ii-11);
When multiple L 1121 are present, each independently of the following general formula (IL1-i-21)

Figure 0007172393000084
Figure 0007172393000084

(式中、破線はM111との結合位置を表し、
1121はフッ素原子、置換されていても良い炭素原子数1から10のアルキル基、置換されていても良い炭素原子数2から10のアルケニル基、置換されていても良い炭素原子数2から10のアルキニル基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数3から20の非芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数6から20の芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数3から20の非芳香族複素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数3から20の芳香族複素環基を表し、
3121、R4121及びR5121は各々独立して水素原子、フッ素原子、置換されていても良い炭素原子数1から10のアルキル基、置換されていても良い炭素原子数2から10のアルケニル基、置換されていても良い炭素原子数2から10のアルキニル基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数3から20の非芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数6から20の芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数3から20の非芳香族複素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数3から20の芳香族複素環基を表すが、=C(R3121)-、=C(R4121)-及び/又は=C(R5121)-は各々独立して=N-を表しても良く、RA121は上記の式(RA-1-12)から式(RA-2-32)から選ばれる基を表すが、R1121とRA121、RA121とR3121、R3121とR4121及び/又はR4121とR5121とが縮合環を形成しても良い。)で表される化合物であることがより好ましく、一般式(I)で表される化合物は、下記の一般式(I-i-22)
(Wherein, the dashed line represents the binding position with M111 ,
R 1121 is a fluorine atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, or an optionally substituted 2 to 10 carbon atoms an alkynyl group, an optionally substituted non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may form a condensed ring, an optionally substituted carbon which may form a condensed ring an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 6 to 20 atoms, an optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may form a condensed ring, an optionally substituted, condensed represents an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may form a ring,
R 3121 , R 4121 and R 5121 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms , an optionally substituted alkynyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may form a condensed ring, substituted an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may be optionally substituted and which may form a condensed ring; represents an optionally substituted aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may form a condensed ring, ═C(R 3121 )—, ═C(R 4121 ) - and/or =C(R 5121 )- may each independently represent =N-, and R A121 is selected from the above formulas (RA-1-12) to (RA-2-32) group, R 1121 and R A121 , R A121 and R 3121 , R 3121 and R 4121 and/or R 4121 and R 5121 may form a condensed ring. ) is more preferably a compound represented by the general formula (I), the compound represented by the following general formula (Ii-22)

Figure 0007172393000085
Figure 0007172393000085

(式中、L2112、m112及びn112は各々一般式(I-i-12)におけるL2112、m112及びn112と同様の意味を表し、
1122は置換されていても良い炭素原子数3から10の分岐状アルキル基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数3から20の非芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数6から20の芳香族炭化水素環基を表し、
3122、R4122及びR5122は各々独立して水素原子、置換されていても良い炭素原子数1から10のアルキル基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数6から20の芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数3から20の芳香族複素環基を表すが、=C(R3122)-、=C(R4122)-及び/又は=C(R5122)-は各々独立して=N-を表しても良く、RA122は上記の式(RA-1-13)から式(RA-1-33)から選ばれる基を表す。)で表される化合物であることがさらに好ましく、一般式(I)で表される化合物は、下記の一般式(I-i-23)
(Wherein, L 2112 , m112 and n112 each have the same meaning as L 2112 , m112 and n112 in general formula (Ii-12),
R 1122 is an optionally substituted branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may form a condensed ring; , represents an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may be substituted and may form a condensed ring;
R 3122 , R 4122 and R 5122 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted number of carbon atoms which may form a condensed ring represents an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group of 6 to 20, an optionally substituted aromatic heterocyclic group of 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may form a condensed ring, =C(R 3122 )-, =C(R 4122 )- and/or =C(R 5122 )- may each independently represent =N-, and R A122 is the above formula (RA-1-13) to formula (RA-1 -33) represents a group selected from ) is more preferably a compound represented by the general formula (I), the compound represented by the following general formula (Ii-23)

Figure 0007172393000086
Figure 0007172393000086

(式中、L2113、m113及びn113は各々一般式(I-i-13)におけるL2113、m113及びn113と同様の意味を表し、RA123は上述の式(RA-1-14)又は式(RA-1-34)から選ばれる基を表す。)で表される化合物であることが特に好ましい。 (Wherein, L 2113 , m113 and n113 each have the same meaning as L 2113 , m113 and n113 in general formula (Ii-13), and R A123 is the above formula (RA-1-14) or Representing a group selected from (RA-1-34)) is particularly preferred.

色純度の高い青色発光とホール及び電子の注入バランスの両方を重視する場合、及び、昇華性の高さを重視する場合、下記の一般式(I-i-3)
11113 m11211 n11 (I-i-3)
(式中、M11、L211、m11及びn11は各々一般式(I-i-1)におけるM11、L211、m11及びn11と同様の意味を表し、
113は複数存在する場合は各々独立して下記の一般式(I-L1-i-3)
When emphasizing both blue light emission with high color purity and injection balance of holes and electrons, and when emphasizing high sublimation, the following general formula (Ii-3)
M 11 L 113 m11 L 211 n11 (Ii-3)
(wherein M 11 , L 211 , m11 and n11 each have the same meaning as M 11 , L 211 , m11 and n11 in general formula (Ii-1);
When multiple L 113 are present, each independently of the following general formula (IL1-i-3)

Figure 0007172393000087
Figure 0007172393000087

(式中、破線はM11との結合位置を表し、
113はフッ素原子、塩素原子、シアノ基、置換されていても良いシリル基、置換されていても良いアルキル基、置換されていても良いアルコキシ基、置換されていても良いアルケニル基、置換されていても良いアルケニルオキシ基、置換されていても良いアルキニル基、置換されていても良いアリールオキシ基、置換されていても良いヘテロアリールオキシ基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い非芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い非芳香族複素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い芳香族複素環基を表し、
213、R413、R513及びR613は各々独立して水素原子、フッ素原子、塩素原子、シアノ基、置換されていても良いシリル基、置換されていても良いアルキル基、置換されていても良いアルコキシ基、置換されていても良いアルケニル基、置換されていても良いアルケニルオキシ基、置換されていても良いアルキニル基、置換されていても良いアリールオキシ基、置換されていても良いヘテロアリールオキシ基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い非芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い非芳香族複素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い芳香族複素環基を表すが、=C(R413)-、=C(R513)-及び/又は=C(R613)-は各々独立して=N-を表しても良く、RA13は上記の式(RA-1-11)から式(RA-2-31)から選ばれる基を表すが、R113とR213、R213とRA13、RA13とR413、R413とR513及び/又はR513とR613とが縮合環を形成しても良い。)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、一般式(I)で表される化合物は、下記の一般式(I-i-31)
1111131 m1112111 n111 (I-i-31)
(式中、M111、L2111、m111及びn111は各々一般式(I-i-11)におけるM111、L2111、m111及びn111と同様の意味を表し、
1131は複数存在する場合は各々独立して下記の一般式(I-L1-i-31)
( Wherein , the dashed line represents the binding position with M11,
R 113 is a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a cyano group, an optionally substituted silyl group, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted alkenyl group, a substituted optionally substituted alkenyloxy group, optionally substituted alkynyl group, optionally substituted aryloxy group, optionally substituted heteroaryloxy group, optionally substituted, forming a condensed ring non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may be substituted, optionally substituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may form a condensed ring, optionally substituted non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may form a condensed ring represents an aromatic heterocyclic group which may be substituted and may form a condensed ring,
R 213 , R 413 , R 513 and R 613 are each independently hydrogen atom, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, cyano group, optionally substituted silyl group, optionally substituted alkyl group, substituted alkoxy group, optionally substituted alkenyl group, optionally substituted alkenyloxy group, optionally substituted alkynyl group, optionally substituted aryloxy group, optionally substituted hetero aryloxy group, optionally substituted non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may form a condensed ring, optionally substituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may form a condensed ring, substituted represents a non-aromatic heterocyclic group which may be substituted and may form a condensed ring, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may be substituted and which may form a condensed ring, =C(R 413 )-, =C(R 513 )- and/or =C(R 613 )- may each independently represent =N-, and R A13 is the above formula (RA-1-11) to formula ( RA-2-31), wherein R 113 and R 213 , R 213 and R A13 , R A13 and R 413 , R 413 and R 513 and/or R 513 and R 613 form a condensed ring may be formed. ) is preferably a compound represented by the general formula (I), the compound represented by the following general formula (Ii-31)
M 111 L 1131 m111 L 2111 n111 (Ii-31)
(wherein M 111 , L 2111 , m111 and n111 each have the same meaning as M 111 , L 2111 , m111 and n111 in general formula (Ii-11);
When multiple L 1131 are present, each independently of the following general formula (IL1-i-31)

Figure 0007172393000088
Figure 0007172393000088

(式中、破線はM111との結合位置を表し、
1131はフッ素原子、置換されていても良い炭素原子数1から10のアルキル基、置換されていても良い炭素原子数2から10のアルケニル基、置換されていても良い炭素原子数2から10のアルキニル基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数3から20の非芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数6から20の芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数3から20の非芳香族複素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数3から20の芳香族複素環基を表し、
1131、R2131、R4131及びR5131は各々独立して水素原子、フッ素原子、置換されていても良い炭素原子数1から10のアルキル基、置換されていても良い炭素原子数2から10のアルケニル基、置換されていても良い炭素原子数2から10のアルキニル基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数3から20の非芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数6から20の芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数3から20の非芳香族複素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数3から20の芳香族複素環基を表すが、=C(R4131)-及び/又は=C(R5131)-は各々独立して=N-を表しても良く、RA131は上記の式(RA-1-12)から式(RA-2-32)から選ばれる基を表すが、R1131とR2131、R2131とRA131、RA131とR4131及び/又はR4131とR5131とが縮合環を形成しても良い。)で表される化合物であることがより好ましく、一般式(I)で表される化合物は、下記の一般式(I-i-32)
(Wherein, the dashed line represents the binding position with M111 ,
R 1131 is a fluorine atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, or an optionally substituted 2 to 10 carbon atoms an alkynyl group, an optionally substituted non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may form a condensed ring, an optionally substituted carbon which may form a condensed ring an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 6 to 20 atoms, an optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may form a condensed ring, an optionally substituted, condensed represents an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may form a ring,
R 1131 , R 2131 , R 4131 and R 5131 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or an optionally substituted 2 to 10 carbon atoms an alkenyl group of, an optionally substituted alkynyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may form a condensed ring, an optionally substituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may form a condensed ring, an optionally substituted carbon atom number of 3 to 20 which may form a condensed ring represents an optionally substituted aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may form a condensed ring, =C(R 4131 )- and/or = Each C(R 5131 )- may independently represent =N-, and R A131 represents a group selected from the above formulas (RA-1-12) to (RA-2-32), R 1131 and R 2131 , R 2131 and R A131 , R A131 and R 4131 and/or R 4131 and R 5131 may form a condensed ring. ) is more preferably a compound represented by the general formula (I), the compound represented by the following general formula (Ii-32)

Figure 0007172393000089
Figure 0007172393000089

(式中、L2112、m112及びn112は各々一般式(I-i-12)におけるL2112、m112及びn112と同様の意味を表し、
1132は置換されていても良い炭素原子数3から10の分岐状アルキル基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数3から20の非芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数6から20の芳香族炭化水素環基を表し、
4132及びR5132は各々独立して水素原子、置換されていても良い炭素原子数1から10のアルキル基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数6から20の芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数3から20の芳香族複素環基を表すが、=C(R4132)-及び/又は=C(R5132)-は各々独立して=N-を表しても良く、RA1311は上述の式(RA-1-13)から式(RA-1-33)から選ばれる基を表す。)で表される化合物であることがさらに好ましく、一般式(I)で表される化合物は、下記の一般式(I-i-33)
(Wherein, L 2112 , m112 and n112 each have the same meaning as L 2112 , m112 and n112 in general formula (Ii-12),
R 1132 is an optionally substituted branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may form a condensed ring; , represents an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may be substituted and may form a condensed ring;
R 4132 and R 5132 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or an optionally substituted 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may form a condensed ring. represents an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may be substituted and which may form a condensed ring and has 3 to 20 carbon atoms, but =C(R 4132 )- and/or = Each C(R 5132 )- may independently represent =N-, and R A1311 represents a group selected from the above formulas (RA-1-13) to (RA-1-33). ) is more preferably a compound represented by the general formula (I), the compound represented by the following general formula (Ii-33)

Figure 0007172393000090
Figure 0007172393000090

(式中、L2113、m113及びn113は各々一般式(I-i-13)におけるL2113、m113及びn113と同様の意味を表し、RA133は上述の式(RA-1-14)又は式(RA-1-34)から選ばれる基を表す。)で表される化合物であることが特に好ましい。 (Wherein, L 2113 , m113 and n113 each have the same meaning as L 2113 , m113 and n113 in general formula (I-i-13), and R A133 is the above formula (RA-1-14) or Representing a group selected from (RA-1-34)) is particularly preferred.

ホール及び電子の注入バランスを特に重視する場合、及び、熱安定性を特に重視する場合、下記の一般式(I-i-4)
11114 m11211 n11 (I-i-4)
(式中、M11、L211、m11及びn11は各々一般式(I-i-1)におけるM11、L211、m11及びn11と同様の意味を表し、
114は複数存在する場合は各々独立して下記の一般式(I-L1-i-4)
When the injection balance of holes and electrons is particularly important, and when the thermal stability is particularly important, the following general formula (Ii-4)
M 11 L 114 m11 L 211 n11 (Ii-4)
(wherein M 11 , L 211 , m11 and n11 each have the same meaning as M 11 , L 211 , m11 and n11 in general formula (Ii-1);
When multiple L 114 are present, each independently of the following general formula (IL1-i-4)

Figure 0007172393000091
Figure 0007172393000091

(式中、破線はM11との結合位置を表し、
114はフッ素原子、塩素原子、シアノ基、置換されていても良いシリル基、置換されていても良いアルキル基、置換されていても良いアルコキシ基、置換されていても良いアルケニル基、置換されていても良いアルケニルオキシ基、置換されていても良いアルキニル基、置換されていても良いアリールオキシ基、置換されていても良いヘテロアリールオキシ基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い非芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い非芳香族複素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い芳香族複素環基を表し、
214、R314、R514及びR614は各々独立して水素原子、フッ素原子、塩素原子、シアノ基、置換されていても良いシリル基、置換されていても良いアルキル基、置換されていても良いアルコキシ基、置換されていても良いアルケニル基、置換されていても良いアルケニルオキシ基、置換されていても良いアルキニル基、置換されていても良いアリールオキシ基、置換されていても良いヘテロアリールオキシ基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い非芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い非芳香族複素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い芳香族複素環基を表すが、=C(R314)-、=C(R514)-及び/又は=C(R614)-は各々独立して=N-を表しても良く、RA14は上記の式(RA-1-11)から式(RA-2-31)から選ばれる基を表すが、R114とR214、R214とR314、R314とRA14、RA14とR514及び/又はR514とR614とが縮合環を形成しても良い。)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、一般式(I)で表される化合物は、下記の一般式(I-i-41)
1111141 m1112111 n111 (I-i-41)
(式中、M111、L2111、m111及びn111は各々一般式(I-i-11)におけるM111、L2111、m111及びn111と同様の意味を表し、
1141は複数存在する場合は各々独立して下記の一般式(I-L1-i-41)
( Wherein , the dashed line represents the binding position with M11,
R 114 is a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a cyano group, an optionally substituted silyl group, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted alkenyl group, a substituted optionally substituted alkenyloxy group, optionally substituted alkynyl group, optionally substituted aryloxy group, optionally substituted heteroaryloxy group, optionally substituted, forming a condensed ring non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may be substituted, optionally substituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may form a condensed ring, optionally substituted non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may form a condensed ring represents an aromatic heterocyclic group which may be substituted and may form a condensed ring,
R 214 , R 314 , R 514 and R 614 are each independently hydrogen atom, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, cyano group, optionally substituted silyl group, optionally substituted alkyl group, substituted alkoxy group, optionally substituted alkenyl group, optionally substituted alkenyloxy group, optionally substituted alkynyl group, optionally substituted aryloxy group, optionally substituted hetero aryloxy group, optionally substituted non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may form a condensed ring, optionally substituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may form a condensed ring, substituted represents a non-aromatic heterocyclic group which may be substituted and may form a condensed ring, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may be substituted and which may form a condensed ring, ═C(R 314 )-, =C(R 514 )- and/or =C(R 614 )- may each independently represent =N-, and R A14 is the above formula (RA-1-11) to formula ( RA-2-31), wherein R 114 and R 214 , R 214 and R 314 , R 314 and R A14 , R A14 and R 514 and/or R 514 and R 614 form a condensed ring may be formed. ) is preferably a compound represented by the general formula (I), the compound represented by the following general formula (Ii-41)
M 111 L 1141 m111 L 2111 n111 (Ii-41)
(wherein M 111 , L 2111 , m111 and n111 each have the same meaning as M 111 , L 2111 , m111 and n111 in general formula (Ii-11);
When multiple L 1141 are present, each independently of the following general formula (IL1-i-41)

Figure 0007172393000092
Figure 0007172393000092

(式中、破線はM111との結合位置を表し、
1141はフッ素原子、置換されていても良い炭素原子数1から10のアルキル基、置換されていても良い炭素原子数2から10のアルケニル基、置換されていても良い炭素原子数2から10のアルキニル基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数3から20の非芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数6から20の芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数3から20の非芳香族複素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数3から20の芳香族複素環基を表し、
2141、R3141及びR5141は各々独立して水素原子、フッ素原子、置換されていても良い炭素原子数1から10のアルキル基、置換されていても良い炭素原子数2から10のアルケニル基、置換されていても良い炭素原子数2から10のアルキニル基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数3から20の非芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数6から20の芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数3から20の非芳香族複素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数3から20の芳香族複素環基を表すが、=C(R3141)-及び/又は=C(R5141)-は各々独立して=N-を表しても良く、RA141は上記の式(RA-1-12)から式(RA-2-32)から選ばれる基を表すが、R1141とR2141、R2141とR3141、R3141とRA141及び/又はRA141とR5141とが縮合環を形成しても良い。)で表される化合物であることがより好ましく、一般式(I)で表される化合物は、下記の一般式(I-i-42)
(Wherein, the dashed line represents the binding position with M111 ,
R 1141 is a fluorine atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, or an optionally substituted 2 to 10 carbon atoms an alkynyl group, an optionally substituted non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may form a condensed ring, an optionally substituted carbon which may form a condensed ring an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 6 to 20 atoms, an optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may form a condensed ring, an optionally substituted, condensed represents an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may form a ring,
R 2141 , R 3141 and R 5141 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms , an optionally substituted alkynyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may form a condensed ring, substituted an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may be optionally substituted and which may form a condensed ring; represents an optionally substituted aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may form a condensed ring, and =C(R 3141 )- and/or =C(R 5141 )- may each independently represent =N-, and R A141 represents a group selected from the above formulas (RA-1-12) to (RA- 2-32 ); R 2141 , R 2141 and R 3141 , R 3141 and RA141 and/or RA141 and R 5141 may form a condensed ring. ) is more preferably a compound represented by the general formula (I), the compound represented by the following general formula (Ii-42)

Figure 0007172393000093
Figure 0007172393000093

(式中、L2112、m112及びn112は各々一般式(I-i-12)におけるL2112、m112及びn112と同様の意味を表し、
1142は置換されていても良い炭素原子数3から10の分岐状アルキル基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数3から20の非芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数6から20の芳香族炭化水素環基を表し、
3142及びR5142は各々独立して水素原子、置換されていても良い炭素原子数1から10のアルキル基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数6から20の芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数3から20の芳香族複素環基を表すが、=C(R3142)-及び/又は=C(R5142)-は各々独立して=N-を表しても良く、RA142は上記の式(RA-1-13)から式(RA-1-33)から選ばれる基を表す。)で表される化合物であることがさらに好ましく、一般式(I)で表される化合物は、下記の一般式(I-i-43)
(Wherein, L 2112 , m112 and n112 each have the same meaning as L 2112 , m112 and n112 in general formula (Ii-12),
R 1142 is an optionally substituted branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may form a condensed ring; , represents an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may be substituted and may form a condensed ring;
R 3142 and R 5142 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or an optionally substituted 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may form a condensed ring. represents an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, which may be substituted and which may form a condensed ring, having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, but =C(R 3142 )- and/or = Each C(R 5142 )- may independently represent =N-, and R A142 represents a group selected from the above formulas (RA-1-13) to (RA-1-33). ) is more preferably a compound represented by the general formula (I), the compound represented by the following general formula (Ii-43)

Figure 0007172393000094
Figure 0007172393000094

(式中、L2113、m113及びn113は各々一般式(I-i-13)におけるL2113、m113及びn113と同様の意味を表し、RA143は上述の式(RA-1-14)又は式(RA-1-34)から選ばれる基を表す。)で表される化合物であることが特に好ましい。 (Wherein, L 2113 , m113 and n113 each have the same meaning as L 2113 , m113 and n113 in general formula (I-i-13), and R A143 is the above formula (RA-1-14) or Representing a group selected from (RA-1-34)) is particularly preferred.

色純度の高い青色発光とホール及び電子の注入バランスの両方を重視する場合、及び、熱安定性を特に重視する場合、HOMO(最高被占軌道)エネルギーの高さとホール及び電子の輸送性の高さとのバランスを重視する場合、一般式(I)で表される化合物は、下記の一般式(I-i-5)
11115 m11211 n11 (I-i-5)
(式中、M11、L211、m11及びn11は各々一般式(I-i-1)におけるM11、L211、m11及びn11と同様の意味を表し、
115は複数存在する場合は各々独立して下記の一般式(I-L1-i-5)
When emphasizing both blue light emission with high color purity and injection balance of holes and electrons, and when emphasizing especially thermal stability, high HOMO (highest occupied molecular orbital) energy and high hole and electron transportability When emphasizing the balance with, the compound represented by the general formula (I) is the following general formula (Ii-5)
M 11 L 115 m11 L 211 n11 (Ii-5)
(wherein M 11 , L 211 , m11 and n11 each have the same meaning as M 11 , L 211 , m11 and n11 in general formula (Ii-1);
When multiple L 115 are present, each independently of the following general formula (IL1-i-5)

Figure 0007172393000095
Figure 0007172393000095

(式中、破線はM11との結合位置を表し、
115はフッ素原子、塩素原子、シアノ基、置換されていても良いシリル基、置換されていても良いアルキル基、置換されていても良いアルコキシ基、置換されていても良いアルケニル基、置換されていても良いアルケニルオキシ基、置換されていても良いアルキニル基、置換されていても良いアリールオキシ基、置換されていても良いヘテロアリールオキシ基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い非芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い非芳香族複素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い芳香族複素環基を表し、
215、R315、R415及びR615は各々独立して水素原子、フッ素原子、塩素原子、シアノ基、置換されていても良いシリル基、置換されていても良いアルキル基、置換されていても良いアルコキシ基、置換されていても良いアルケニル基、置換されていても良いアルケニルオキシ基、置換されていても良いアルキニル基、置換されていても良いアリールオキシ基、置換されていても良いヘテロアリールオキシ基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い非芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い非芳香族複素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い芳香族複素環基を表すが、=C(R315)-、=C(R415)-及び/又は=C(R615)-は各々独立して=N-を表しても良く、RA15は上記の式(RA-1-11)から式(RA-2-31)から選ばれる基を表すが、R115とR215、R215とR315、R315とR415、R415とRA15及び/又はRA15とR615とが縮合環を形成しても良い。)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、一般式(I)で表される化合物は、下記の一般式(I-i-51)
1111151 m1112111 n111 (I-i-51)
(式中、M111、L2111、m111及びn111は各々一般式(I-i-11)におけるM111、L2111、m111及びn111と同様の意味を表し、
1151は複数存在する場合は各々独立して下記の一般式(I-L1-i-51)
( Wherein , the dashed line represents the binding position with M11,
R 115 is a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a cyano group, an optionally substituted silyl group, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted alkenyl group, a substituted optionally substituted alkenyloxy group, optionally substituted alkynyl group, optionally substituted aryloxy group, optionally substituted heteroaryloxy group, optionally substituted, forming a condensed ring non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may be substituted, optionally substituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may form a condensed ring, optionally substituted non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may form a condensed ring represents an aromatic heterocyclic group which may be substituted and may form a condensed ring,
R 215 , R 315 , R 415 and R 615 are each independently hydrogen atom, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, cyano group, optionally substituted silyl group, optionally substituted alkyl group, substituted alkoxy group, optionally substituted alkenyl group, optionally substituted alkenyloxy group, optionally substituted alkynyl group, optionally substituted aryloxy group, optionally substituted hetero aryloxy group, optionally substituted non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may form a condensed ring, optionally substituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may form a condensed ring, substituted represents a non-aromatic heterocyclic group which may be substituted and may form a condensed ring, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may be substituted and which may form a condensed ring, ═C(R 315 )-, =C(R 415 )- and/or =C(R 615 )- may each independently represent =N-, and R A15 represents the above formula (RA-1-11) to formula ( RA-2-31), wherein R 115 and R 215 , R 215 and R 315 , R 315 and R 415 , R 415 and R A15 and/or R A15 and R 615 form a condensed ring may be formed. ) is preferably a compound represented by the general formula (I), the compound represented by the following general formula (Ii-51)
M 111 L 1151 m111 L 2111 n111 (Ii-51)
(wherein M 111 , L 2111 , m111 and n111 each have the same meaning as M 111 , L 2111 , m111 and n111 in general formula (Ii-11);
When multiple L 1151 are present, each independently of the following general formula (IL1-i-51)

Figure 0007172393000096
Figure 0007172393000096

(式中、破線はM111との結合位置を表し、
1151はフッ素原子、置換されていても良い炭素原子数1から10のアルキル基、置換されていても良い炭素原子数2から10のアルケニル基、置換されていても良い炭素原子数2から10のアルキニル基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数3から20の非芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数6から20の芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数3から20の非芳香族複素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数3から20の芳香族複素環基を表し、
2151、R3151及びR4151は各々独立して水素原子、フッ素原子、置換されていても良い炭素原子数1から10のアルキル基、置換されていても良い炭素原子数2から10のアルケニル基、置換されていても良い炭素原子数2から10のアルキニル基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数3から20の非芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数6から20の芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数3から20の非芳香族複素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数3から20の芳香族複素環基を表すが、=C(R3151)-及び/又は=C(R4151)-は各々独立して=N-を表しても良く、RA151は上記の式(RA-1-12)から式(RA-2-32)から選ばれる基を表すが、R1151とR2151、R2151とR3151及び/又はR3151とR4151とが縮合環を形成しても良い。)で表される化合物であることがより好ましく、一般式(I)で表される化合物は、下記の一般式(I-i-52)
(Wherein, the dashed line represents the binding position with M111 ,
R 1151 is a fluorine atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, or an optionally substituted 2 to 10 carbon atoms an alkynyl group, an optionally substituted non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may form a condensed ring, an optionally substituted carbon which may form a condensed ring an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 6 to 20 atoms, an optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may form a condensed ring, an optionally substituted, condensed represents an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may form a ring,
R 2151 , R 3151 and R 4151 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms , an optionally substituted alkynyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may form a condensed ring, substituted an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may be optionally substituted and which may form a condensed ring; represents an optionally substituted aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may form a condensed ring, and =C(R 3151 )- and/or =C(R 4151 )- may each independently represent =N-, and R A151 represents a group selected from the above formulas (RA-1-12) to (RA- 2-32 ); R 2151 , R 2151 and R 3151 and/or R 3151 and R 4151 may form a condensed ring. ) is more preferably a compound represented by the general formula (I), the compound represented by the following general formula (Ii-52)

Figure 0007172393000097
Figure 0007172393000097

(式中、L2112、m112及びn112は各々一般式(I-i-12)におけるL2112、m112及びn112と同様の意味を表し、
1152は置換されていても良い炭素原子数3から10の分岐状アルキル基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数3から20の非芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数6から20の芳香族炭化水素環基を表し、
3152及びR4152は各々独立して水素原子、置換されていても良い炭素原子数1から10のアルキル基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数6から20の芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数3から20の芳香族複素環基を表すが、=C(R3152)-及び/又は=C(R4152)-は各々独立して=N-を表しても良く、RA152は上記の式(RA-1-13)から式(RA-1-33)から選ばれる基を表す。)で表される化合物であることがさらに好ましく、一般式(I)で表される化合物は、下記の一般式(I-i-53)
(Wherein, L 2112 , m112 and n112 each have the same meaning as L 2112 , m112 and n112 in general formula (Ii-12),
R 1152 is an optionally substituted branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may form a condensed ring; , represents an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may be substituted and may form a condensed ring;
R 3152 and R 4152 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or an optionally substituted 6 to 20 carbon atoms which may form a condensed ring. represents an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, which may be substituted and which may form a condensed ring and which has 3 to 20 carbon atoms, =C(R 3152 )- and/or = Each C(R 4152 )- may independently represent =N-, and R A152 represents a group selected from the above formulas (RA-1-13) to (RA-1-33). ) is more preferably a compound represented by the general formula (I), the compound represented by the following general formula (Ii-53)

Figure 0007172393000098
Figure 0007172393000098

(式中、L2113、m113及びn113は各々一般式(I-i-13)におけるL2113、m113及びn113と同様の意味を表し、RA153は上述の式(RA-1-14)又は式(RA-1-34)から選ばれる基を表す。)で表される化合物であることが特に好ましい。 (Wherein, L 2113 , m113 and n113 each have the same meaning as L 2113 , m113 and n113 in general formula (Ii-13), and R A153 is the above formula (RA-1-14) or Representing a group selected from (RA-1-34)) is particularly preferred.

一般式(I)で表される化合物としては、下記の式(I-1-1)から式(I-5-80) The compounds represented by the general formula (I) include the following formulas (I-1-1) to (I-5-80)

Figure 0007172393000099
Figure 0007172393000099

Figure 0007172393000100
Figure 0007172393000100

Figure 0007172393000101
Figure 0007172393000101

Figure 0007172393000102
Figure 0007172393000102

Figure 0007172393000103
Figure 0007172393000103

Figure 0007172393000104
Figure 0007172393000104

Figure 0007172393000105
Figure 0007172393000105

Figure 0007172393000106
Figure 0007172393000106

Figure 0007172393000107
Figure 0007172393000107

Figure 0007172393000108
Figure 0007172393000108

Figure 0007172393000109
Figure 0007172393000109

Figure 0007172393000110
Figure 0007172393000110

Figure 0007172393000111
Figure 0007172393000111

Figure 0007172393000112
Figure 0007172393000112

Figure 0007172393000113
Figure 0007172393000113

Figure 0007172393000114
Figure 0007172393000114

Figure 0007172393000115
Figure 0007172393000115

Figure 0007172393000116
Figure 0007172393000116

Figure 0007172393000117
Figure 0007172393000117

Figure 0007172393000118
Figure 0007172393000118

Figure 0007172393000119
Figure 0007172393000119

Figure 0007172393000120
Figure 0007172393000120

Figure 0007172393000121
Figure 0007172393000121

Figure 0007172393000122
Figure 0007172393000122

Figure 0007172393000123
Figure 0007172393000123

Figure 0007172393000124
Figure 0007172393000124

Figure 0007172393000125
Figure 0007172393000125

Figure 0007172393000126
Figure 0007172393000126

Figure 0007172393000127
Figure 0007172393000127

Figure 0007172393000128
Figure 0007172393000128

Figure 0007172393000129
Figure 0007172393000129

Figure 0007172393000130
Figure 0007172393000130

Figure 0007172393000131
Figure 0007172393000131

Figure 0007172393000132
Figure 0007172393000132

Figure 0007172393000133
Figure 0007172393000133

Figure 0007172393000134
Figure 0007172393000134

Figure 0007172393000135
Figure 0007172393000135

Figure 0007172393000136
Figure 0007172393000136

Figure 0007172393000137
Figure 0007172393000137

Figure 0007172393000138
Figure 0007172393000138

Figure 0007172393000139
Figure 0007172393000139

Figure 0007172393000140
Figure 0007172393000140

Figure 0007172393000141
Figure 0007172393000141

Figure 0007172393000142
Figure 0007172393000142

Figure 0007172393000143
Figure 0007172393000143

Figure 0007172393000144
Figure 0007172393000144

Figure 0007172393000145
Figure 0007172393000145

Figure 0007172393000146
Figure 0007172393000146

Figure 0007172393000147
Figure 0007172393000147

Figure 0007172393000148
Figure 0007172393000148

Figure 0007172393000149
Figure 0007172393000149

Figure 0007172393000150
Figure 0007172393000150

Figure 0007172393000151
Figure 0007172393000151

Figure 0007172393000152
Figure 0007172393000152

Figure 0007172393000153
Figure 0007172393000153

Figure 0007172393000154
Figure 0007172393000154

Figure 0007172393000155
Figure 0007172393000155

Figure 0007172393000156
Figure 0007172393000156

Figure 0007172393000157
Figure 0007172393000157

Figure 0007172393000158
Figure 0007172393000158

Figure 0007172393000159
Figure 0007172393000159

Figure 0007172393000160
Figure 0007172393000160

で表される化合物が挙げられる。 The compound represented by is mentioned.

本願発明の化合物は以下の製法で製造することができる。
(製法1)配位子の製造
(製法1-1)式(S-4)で表される化合物の製造
The compounds of the present invention can be produced by the following production methods.
(Production method 1) Production of ligand (Production method 1-1) Production of compound represented by formula (S-4)

Figure 0007172393000161
Figure 0007172393000161

(式中、R、R、R、R、R及びRは各々一般式(I)におけるR、R、R、R、R及びRと同様の意味を表し、Xはハロゲン原子又はハロゲン等価体を表す。)
式(S-1)で表される化合物をヨウ化銅(I)存在下、トリメチルシリルアセチレン及びアジ化ナトリウムと反応させることによって、式(S-2)で表される化合物を得ることができる。
(wherein R A , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 have the same meanings as R A , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 in general formula (I) and X 1 represents a halogen atom or a halogen equivalent.)
A compound represented by the formula (S-2) can be obtained by reacting the compound represented by the formula (S-1) with trimethylsilylacetylene and sodium azide in the presence of copper (I) iodide.

式(S-2)で表される化合物をN-ブロモスクシンイミドと反応させることによって、式(S-3)で表される化合物を得ることができる。 A compound represented by the formula (S-3) can be obtained by reacting the compound represented by the formula (S-2) with N-bromosuccinimide.

式(S-3)で表される化合物にRで表される基を導入することによって、式(S-4)で表される化合物を得ることができる。反応条件としては、鈴木-宮浦カップリング、Buckwald-Hartwigカップリング等が挙げられる。
(製法1-2)式(S-8)で表される化合物の製造
A compound represented by formula (S-4) can be obtained by introducing a group represented by RA into a compound represented by formula (S-3). Examples of reaction conditions include Suzuki-Miyaura coupling and Buckwald-Hartwig coupling.
(Production method 1-2) Production of compound represented by formula (S-8)

Figure 0007172393000162
Figure 0007172393000162

(式中、R、R、R、R、R及びRは各々一般式(I)におけるR、R、R、R、R及びRと同様の意味を表し、Xはハロゲン原子又はハロゲン等価体を表す。)
式(S-5)で表される化合物をヨウ化銅(I)存在下、式(S-6)で表される化合物及びアジ化ナトリウムと反応させることによって、式(S-7)で表される化合物を得ることができる。
(wherein R 1 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 and RA have the same meanings as R 1 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 and RA in general formula (I) and X 1 represents a halogen atom or a halogen equivalent.)
The compound represented by the formula (S-5) is reacted with the compound represented by the formula (S-6) and sodium azide in the presence of copper (I) iodide to give the compound represented by the formula (S-7). can be obtained.

式(S-7)で表される化合物にRで表される基を導入することによって、式(S-8)で表される化合物を得ることができる。反応条件としては、鈴木-宮浦カップリング、Buckwald-Hartwigカップリング等が挙げられる。
(製法1-3)式(S-12)で表される化合物の製造
A compound represented by formula (S-8) can be obtained by introducing a group represented by RA into a compound represented by formula (S-7). Examples of reaction conditions include Suzuki-Miyaura coupling and Buckwald-Hartwig coupling.
(Production method 1-3) Production of compound represented by formula (S-12)

Figure 0007172393000163
Figure 0007172393000163

(式中、R、R、R、R、R及びRは各々一般式(I)におけるR、R、R、R、R及びRと同様の意味を表し、X及びXは各々独立してハロゲン原子又はハロゲン等価体を表す。)
式(S-9)で表される化合物をヨウ化銅(I)存在下、式(S-10)で表される化合物及びアジ化ナトリウムと反応させることによって、式(S-11)で表される化合物を得ることができる。
(wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 and RA have the same meanings as R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 and RA in general formula (I) and X 1 and X 2 each independently represent a halogen atom or a halogen equivalent.)
The compound represented by the formula (S-9) is reacted with the compound represented by the formula (S-10) and sodium azide in the presence of copper (I) iodide to give the compound represented by the formula (S-11). can be obtained.

式(S-11)で表される化合物にRで表される基を導入することによって、式(S-12)で表される化合物を得ることができる。反応条件としては、鈴木-宮浦カップリング、Buckwald-Hartwigカップリング等が挙げられる。
(製法1-4)式(S-16)で表される化合物の製造
A compound represented by formula (S-12) can be obtained by introducing a group represented by RA into a compound represented by formula (S-11). Examples of reaction conditions include Suzuki-Miyaura coupling and Buckwald-Hartwig coupling.
(Production method 1-4) Production of compound represented by formula (S-16)

Figure 0007172393000164
Figure 0007172393000164

(式中、R、R、R、R、R及びRは各々一般式(I)におけるR、R、R、R、R及びRと同様の意味を表し、X及びXは各々独立してハロゲン原子又はハロゲン等価体を表す。)
式(S-13)で表される化合物をヨウ化銅(I)存在下、式(S-14)で表される化合物及びアジ化ナトリウムと反応させることによって、式(S-15)で表される化合物を得ることができる。
(wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 5 , R 6 and RA have the same meanings as R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 5 , R 6 and RA in general formula (I) and X 1 and X 2 each independently represent a halogen atom or a halogen equivalent.)
The compound represented by the formula (S-13) is reacted with the compound represented by the formula (S-14) and sodium azide in the presence of copper (I) iodide to give the compound represented by the formula (S-15). can be obtained.

式(S-15)で表される化合物にRで表される基を導入することによって、式(S-16)で表される化合物を得ることができる。反応条件としては、鈴木-宮浦カップリング、Buckwald-Hartwigカップリング等が挙げられる。
(製法1-5)式(S-20)で表される化合物の製造
A compound represented by formula (S-16) can be obtained by introducing a group represented by RA into a compound represented by formula (S-15). Examples of reaction conditions include Suzuki-Miyaura coupling and Buckwald-Hartwig coupling.
(Production method 1-5) Production of compound represented by formula (S-20)

Figure 0007172393000165
Figure 0007172393000165

(式中、R、R、R、R、R及びRは各々一般式(I)におけるR、R、R、R、R及びRと同様の意味を表し、X及びXは各々独立してハロゲン原子又はハロゲン等価体を表す。)
式(S-17)で表される化合物をヨウ化銅(I)存在下、式(S-18)で表される化合物及びアジ化ナトリウムと反応させることによって、式(S-19)で表される化合物を得ることができる。
(wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 6 and RA have the same meanings as R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 6 and RA in formula (I)) and X 1 and X 2 each independently represent a halogen atom or a halogen equivalent.)
The compound represented by the formula (S-17) is reacted with the compound represented by the formula (S-18) and sodium azide in the presence of copper (I) iodide to give the compound represented by the formula (S-19). can be obtained.

式(S-19)で表される化合物にRで表される基を導入することによって、式(S-20)で表される化合物を得ることができる。反応条件としては、鈴木-宮浦カップリング、Buckwald-Hartwigカップリング等が挙げられる。
(製法2)式(S-24)で表される化合物の製造
A compound represented by formula (S-20) can be obtained by introducing a group represented by RA into a compound represented by formula (S-19). Examples of reaction conditions include Suzuki-Miyaura coupling and Buckwald-Hartwig coupling.
(Production method 2) Production of compound represented by formula (S-24)

Figure 0007172393000166
Figure 0007172393000166

(式中、R、R、R、R、R及びRは各々一般式(I)におけるR、R、R、R、R及びRと同様の意味を表す。)
式(S-21)で表される化合物を塩化イリジウム(III)水和物と反応させることによって、式(S-22)で表される化合物を得ることができる。
(wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 have the same meanings as R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 in general formula (I) represents.)
A compound of formula (S-22) can be obtained by reacting a compound of formula (S-21) with iridium(III) chloride hydrate.

式(S-23)で表される化合物をトリフルオロメタンスルホン酸銀存在下、式(S-22)で表される化合物と反応させることによって、式(S-24)で表される化合物を得ることができる。 A compound represented by formula (S-24) is obtained by reacting a compound represented by formula (S-23) with a compound represented by formula (S-22) in the presence of silver trifluoromethanesulfonate. be able to.

製法1及び製法2の各工程において記載した以外の反応条件として、例えば実験化学講座(日本化学会編、丸善株式会社発行)、Organic Syntheses(A John Wiley & Sons,Inc.,Publication)、Beilstein Handbook of Organic Chemistry(Beilstein-Institut fuer Literatur der Organischen Chemie、Springer-Verlag Berlin and Heidelberg GmbH & Co.K)、Fiesers’ Reagents for Organic Synthesis(John Wiley & Sons,Inc.)等の文献に記載の条件又はSciFinder(Chemical Abstracts Service,American Chemical Society)又はReaxys(Elsevier Ltd.)等のオンライン検索サービスから提供される条件が挙げられる。 Reaction conditions other than those described in each step of Production Method 1 and Production Method 2 include, for example, Jikken Kagaku Koza (edited by The Chemical Society of Japan, published by Maruzen Co., Ltd.), Organic Syntheses (A John Wiley & Sons, Inc., Publication), Beilstein Handbook. of Organic Chemistry(Beilstein-Institut fuer Literatur der Organischen Chemie、Springer-Verlag Berlin and Heidelberg GmbH & Co.K)、Fiesers' Reagents for Organic Synthesis(John Wiley & Sons,Inc.)等の文献に記載の条件又はSciFinder (Chemical Abstracts Service, American Chemical Society) or online search services such as Reaxys (Elsevier Ltd.).

また、各工程において適宜反応溶媒を用いることができる。溶媒としては目的の化合物を与えるものであれば制限は無いが、例えばイソプロピルアルコール、シクロヘキサノール、1-ブタノール、2-ブタノール、2-メトキシエタノール、エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、メタノール、エタノール、プロパノール、クロロホルム、ジクロロメタン、1,2-ジクロロエタン、アセトン、アセトニトリル、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、ジメチルスルホキシド、ジエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、キシレン、酢酸エチル、1,4-ジオキサン、テトラヒドロフラン、ピリジン、1-メチル-2-ピロリジノン、トルエン、ヘキサン、シクロヘキサン、ヘプタン、メチルイソブチルケトン、メチルエチルケトン等が挙げられる。有機溶媒及び水の二相系で反応を行う場合、相間移動触媒を添加することも可能である。相間移動触媒としては、例えば、ベンジルトリメチルアンモニウムクロリド、ポリオキシエチレン(20)ソルビタンモノラウラート[Tween 20]、ソルビタンモノオレアート[Span 80]等が挙げられる。 Moreover, a reaction solvent can be appropriately used in each step. The solvent is not limited as long as it gives the target compound, but examples include isopropyl alcohol, cyclohexanol, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, 2-methoxyethanol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, methanol, ethanol, propanol, chloroform, Dichloromethane, 1,2-dichloroethane, acetone, acetonitrile, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, dimethylsulfoxide, diethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, xylene, ethyl acetate, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran , pyridine, 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone, toluene, hexane, cyclohexane, heptane, methyl isobutyl ketone, methyl ethyl ketone and the like. If the reaction is carried out in a two-phase system of organic solvent and water, it is also possible to add a phase transfer catalyst. Examples of phase transfer catalysts include benzyltrimethylammonium chloride, polyoxyethylene (20) sorbitan monolaurate [Tween 20], sorbitan monooleate [Span 80] and the like.

また、各工程において必要に応じて精製を行うことができる。精製方法としてはクロマトグラフィー、再結晶、蒸留、昇華、再沈殿、吸着、分液処理等が挙げられる。精製剤を用いる場合、精製剤としてシリカゲル、アルミナ、活性炭、活性白土、セライト、ゼオライト、メソポーラスシリカ、カーボンナノチューブ、カーボンナノホーン、備長炭、木炭、グラフェン、イオン交換樹脂、酸性白土、二酸化ケイ素、珪藻土、パーライト、セルロース、有機ポリマー、多孔質ゲル等が挙げられる。 Moreover, refinement|purification can be performed as needed in each process. Purification methods include chromatography, recrystallization, distillation, sublimation, reprecipitation, adsorption, liquid separation treatment, and the like. When using a refining agent, silica gel, alumina, activated carbon, activated clay, celite, zeolite, mesoporous silica, carbon nanotube, carbon nanohorn, bincho charcoal, charcoal, graphene, ion exchange resin, acid clay, silicon dioxide, diatomaceous earth, Examples include perlite, cellulose, organic polymers, porous gels, and the like.

一般式(I)において、Mがイリジウム、ロジウム、ルテニウム又はオスミウムを表す場合、facial体又はmeridional体のいずれであっても良く、facial体及びmeridional体の混合物であっても良い。色純度の高さ及び素子寿命の高さの観点から、当該化合物中におけるfacial体の含有率が50質量%から100質量%であることが好ましく、90質量%から100質量%であることがより好ましく、99質量%から100質量%であることがさらに好ましく、99.9質量%から100質量%であることがさらにより好ましく、99.99質量%から100質量%であることが特に好ましい。 In the general formula (I), when M represents iridium, rhodium, ruthenium or osmium, it may be a facial form, a meridional form, or a mixture of the facial form and the meridional form. From the viewpoint of high color purity and high device life, the content of the facial body in the compound is preferably 50% by mass to 100% by mass, more preferably 90% by mass to 100% by mass. It is preferably from 99% by mass to 100% by mass, even more preferably from 99.9% by mass to 100% by mass, and particularly preferably from 99.99% by mass to 100% by mass.

本願発明の化合物は有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子における発光層に使用することが好ましく、本願発明の化合物をドーパント材料としホスト材料に添加して使用することが特に好ましい。ホスト材料はホールと電子の再結合を促し、再結合により生じた励起エネルギーをドーパント材料に移動させる。ホスト材料としては、アミン誘導体、ホスフィンオキシド誘導体、スルホン誘導体、シラン誘導体、複素環化合物等が挙げられ、具体的には、下記の式(X-14-1)から式(X-14-100) The compound of the present invention is preferably used in a light-emitting layer in an organic electroluminescence device, and it is particularly preferred to use the compound of the present invention as a dopant material by adding it to a host material. The host material promotes recombination of holes and electrons and transfers the excitation energy generated by the recombination to the dopant material. Examples of the host material include amine derivatives, phosphine oxide derivatives, sulfone derivatives, silane derivatives, heterocyclic compounds, etc. Specifically, the following formulas (X-14-1) to (X-14-100)

Figure 0007172393000167
Figure 0007172393000167

Figure 0007172393000168
Figure 0007172393000168

Figure 0007172393000169
Figure 0007172393000169

Figure 0007172393000170
Figure 0007172393000170

Figure 0007172393000171
Figure 0007172393000171

Figure 0007172393000172
Figure 0007172393000172

Figure 0007172393000173
Figure 0007172393000173

Figure 0007172393000174
Figure 0007172393000174

Figure 0007172393000175
Figure 0007172393000175

Figure 0007172393000176
Figure 0007172393000176

Figure 0007172393000177
Figure 0007172393000177

Figure 0007172393000178
Figure 0007172393000178

Figure 0007172393000179
Figure 0007172393000179

Figure 0007172393000180
Figure 0007172393000180

Figure 0007172393000181
Figure 0007172393000181

Figure 0007172393000182
Figure 0007172393000182

Figure 0007172393000183
Figure 0007172393000183

Figure 0007172393000184
Figure 0007172393000184

で表される化合物等が挙げられる。 Compounds represented by and the like.

発光層において、本願発明の化合物とホスト材料とを含む場合、発光層における本願発明の化合物の含有量は1重量%から50重量%であることが好ましい。 When the light-emitting layer contains the compound of the present invention and a host material, the content of the compound of the present invention in the light-emitting layer is preferably from 1% by weight to 50% by weight.

発光層の膜厚は、発光層の均一性の観点から、1nm以上であることが好ましく、5nm以上であることがより好ましく、10nm以上であることが特に好ましい。また、駆動電圧の観点から、500nm以下であることが好ましく、100nm以下であることがより好ましく、50nm以下であることが特に好ましい。 From the viewpoint of uniformity of the light-emitting layer, the thickness of the light-emitting layer is preferably 1 nm or more, more preferably 5 nm or more, and particularly preferably 10 nm or more. From the viewpoint of driving voltage, it is preferably 500 nm or less, more preferably 100 nm or less, and particularly preferably 50 nm or less.

本願発明の化合物を含む有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子は、基板上に作製することが好ましい。基板としてはソーダ石灰ガラス、バリウム・ストロンチウム含有ガラス、鉛ガラス、アルミノケイ酸ガラス、ホウケイ酸ガラス、バリウムホウケイ酸ガラス、石英、ポリカーボネート、アクリル、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンナフタレート、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、セロファン、セルロースジアセテート、セルローストリアセテート、セルロースアセテートブチレート、セルロースアセテートプロピオネート、セルロースアセテートフタレート、セルロースナイトレート、ポリ塩化ビニリデン、ポリビニルアルコール、ポリエチレンビニルアルコール、シンジオタクティックポリスチレン、ノルボルネン樹脂、ポリメチルペンテン、ポリエーテルケトン、ポリエーテルスルホン、ポリフェニレンスルフィド、ポリスルホン、ポリエーテルイミド、ポリエーテルケトンイミド、ポリアミド、フッ素樹脂、ナイロン、ポリメチルメタクリレート、ポリアリレート、アートン(JSR社製)、アペル(三井化学社製)、ポリエーテルサルファイド、ポリサルフォン、ポリイミド等が挙げられる。水分、酸素等から有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子を保護するために、基板の表面にバリア膜を形成しても良い。バリア膜としては、酸化ケイ素、二酸化ケイ素、窒化ケイ素等の無機材料であっても、ガスバリアフィルム等の有機材料であっても良く、無機材料と有機材料を積層しても良い。バリア膜の形成方法としては、真空蒸着、スパッタリング、反応性スパッタリング、分子線エピタキシー、クラスターイオンビーム、イオンプレーティング、プラズマ重合、大気圧プラズマ重合、プラズマCVD、レーザーCVD、熱CVD、コーティング等が挙げられる。基板上に作製した有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子は、基板から剥離して単体で用いても、剥離せずに用いても良い。また、有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子を積層しても、他の基板に貼り合わせて用いても良い。 An organic electroluminescence device containing the compound of the present invention is preferably produced on a substrate. Substrates include soda-lime glass, barium-strontium-containing glass, lead glass, aluminosilicate glass, borosilicate glass, barium borosilicate glass, quartz, polycarbonate, acrylic, polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polyethylene, polypropylene, cellophane, cellulose disilicate. Acetate, cellulose triacetate, cellulose acetate butyrate, cellulose acetate propionate, cellulose acetate phthalate, cellulose nitrate, polyvinylidene chloride, polyvinyl alcohol, polyethylene vinyl alcohol, syndiotactic polystyrene, norbornene resin, polymethylpentene, polyether ketone , polyethersulfone, polyphenylene sulfide, polysulfone, polyetherimide, polyetherketoneimide, polyamide, fluorine resin, nylon, polymethyl methacrylate, polyarylate, ARTON (manufactured by JSR), APEL (manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals), polyether Sulfide, polysulfone, polyimide and the like can be mentioned. A barrier film may be formed on the surface of the substrate in order to protect the organic electroluminescence element from moisture, oxygen and the like. The barrier film may be an inorganic material such as silicon oxide, silicon dioxide, or silicon nitride, or an organic material such as a gas barrier film, or a laminate of an inorganic material and an organic material. Methods for forming the barrier film include vacuum deposition, sputtering, reactive sputtering, molecular beam epitaxy, cluster ion beam, ion plating, plasma polymerization, atmospheric pressure plasma polymerization, plasma CVD, laser CVD, thermal CVD, coating, and the like. be done. The organic electroluminescence element produced on the substrate may be used alone after peeling from the substrate, or may be used without peeling. Further, the organic electroluminescence element may be laminated or may be used by bonding to another substrate.

本願発明の化合物を含む有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子は、陽極及び陰極を有する。発光層で発生した光を基板側から取り出す場合、高い透過率を有する電極が好ましい。陽極としては、4eV以上の仕事関数を有する金属、導電性材料等であることが好ましく、酸化インジウムスズ(ITO)、酸化インジウム亜鉛(IZO)、酸化亜鉛(ZnO)、酸化スズ(NESA)、金、銀、白金、銅等が挙げられる。陽極のシート抵抗は数百Ω/m以下であることが好ましい。膜厚は1nmから1000nmであることが好ましく、10nmから200nmであることが特に好ましい。 An organic electroluminescent device containing the compound of the present invention has an anode and a cathode. When the light generated in the light-emitting layer is taken out from the substrate side, an electrode having high transmittance is preferable. The anode is preferably a metal, a conductive material, or the like having a work function of 4 eV or more, such as indium tin oxide (ITO), indium zinc oxide (IZO), zinc oxide (ZnO), tin oxide (NESA), gold , silver, platinum, and copper. The sheet resistance of the anode is preferably several hundred Ω/m 2 or less. The film thickness is preferably 1 nm to 1000 nm, particularly preferably 10 nm to 200 nm.

陰極としては、4eV以下の仕事関数を有する金属、導電性材料等であることが好ましく、ナトリウム、ナトリウム-カリウム合金、マグネシウム、リチウム、マグネシウム/銅混合物、マグネシウム/銀混合物、マグネシウム/アルミニウム混合物、マグネシウム/インジウム混合物、アルミニウム/酸化アルミニウム混合物、インジウム、リチウム/アルミニウム混合物、希土類金属等が挙げられる。陰極のシート抵抗は数百Ω/m以下であることが好ましい。膜厚は10nmから5000nmであることが好ましく、50nmから200nmであることが特に好ましい。 The cathode is preferably a metal having a work function of 4 eV or less, a conductive material, or the like, such as sodium, sodium-potassium alloy, magnesium, lithium, magnesium/copper mixture, magnesium/silver mixture, magnesium/aluminum mixture, magnesium /indium mixtures, aluminum/aluminum oxide mixtures, indium, lithium/aluminum mixtures, rare earth metals and the like. The sheet resistance of the cathode is preferably several hundred Ω/m 2 or less. The film thickness is preferably 10 nm to 5000 nm, particularly preferably 50 nm to 200 nm.

陽極から発光層へのホール注入を向上させるためにホール注入層を設けても良い。ホール注入層には、低いイオン化ポテンシャルを有する材料が好ましく、具体的には、下記の式(X-11-1)から式(X-11-5) A hole injection layer may be provided to improve hole injection from the anode to the light emitting layer. A material having a low ionization potential is preferable for the hole injection layer. Specifically, the following formulas (X-11-1) to (X-11-5)

Figure 0007172393000185
Figure 0007172393000185

で表される化合物等が挙げられる。 Compounds represented by and the like.

陰極から発光層への電子注入特性を向上させるために電子注入層を設けても良い。電子注入層に使用される化合物として、具体的には、酸化リチウム、リチウム、フッ化リチウム、フッ化セシウム等のアルカリ金属化合物が挙げられる。電子注入層の膜厚は0.1nmから5μmであることが好ましい。 An electron injection layer may be provided to improve electron injection characteristics from the cathode to the light emitting layer. Specific examples of compounds used in the electron injection layer include alkali metal compounds such as lithium oxide, lithium, lithium fluoride, and cesium fluoride. The film thickness of the electron injection layer is preferably 0.1 nm to 5 μm.

陽極から発光層へのホール輸送特性を向上させるためにホール輸送層を設けても良い。これらの層には、大きなホール移動度及び低いイオン化ポテンシャルを有する材料を使用することが好ましく、含窒素複素環化合物、トリアリールアミン誘導体等が挙げられ、具体的には下記の式(X-12-1)から式(X-12-53) A hole transport layer may be provided to improve the hole transport properties from the anode to the light emitting layer. Materials having high hole mobility and low ionization potential are preferably used for these layers, and examples thereof include nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compounds, triarylamine derivatives, and the like. -1) to formula (X-12-53)

Figure 0007172393000186
Figure 0007172393000186

Figure 0007172393000187
Figure 0007172393000187

Figure 0007172393000188
Figure 0007172393000188

Figure 0007172393000189
Figure 0007172393000189

Figure 0007172393000190
Figure 0007172393000190

Figure 0007172393000191
Figure 0007172393000191

Figure 0007172393000192
Figure 0007172393000192

Figure 0007172393000193
Figure 0007172393000193

Figure 0007172393000194
Figure 0007172393000194

Figure 0007172393000195
Figure 0007172393000195

Figure 0007172393000196
Figure 0007172393000196

Figure 0007172393000197
Figure 0007172393000197

Figure 0007172393000198
Figure 0007172393000198

Figure 0007172393000199
Figure 0007172393000199

Figure 0007172393000200
Figure 0007172393000200

で表される化合物等が挙げられる。ホール輸送層の膜厚は1nmから5μmであることが好ましく、5nmから200nmであることが特に好ましい。ホール輸送層は単一の材料から構成されても、複数の材料から構成されても良い。 Compounds represented by and the like. The film thickness of the hole transport layer is preferably 1 nm to 5 μm, particularly preferably 5 nm to 200 nm. The hole transport layer may be composed of a single material or multiple materials.

陰極から発光層への電子輸送特性を向上させるために電子輸送層を設けても良い。これらの層には、電子移動度が大きい材料が好ましく、フルオレン誘導体、キノン誘導体、複素環化合物、キノリノール誘導体の金属錯体等が挙げられ、具体的には、下記の式(X-13-1)から式(X-13-44) An electron transport layer may be provided in order to improve electron transport properties from the cathode to the light emitting layer. Materials with high electron mobility are preferable for these layers, and examples thereof include metal complexes of fluorene derivatives, quinone derivatives, heterocyclic compounds, and quinolinol derivatives. Specifically, the following formula (X-13-1) From formula (X-13-44)

Figure 0007172393000201
Figure 0007172393000201

Figure 0007172393000202
Figure 0007172393000202

Figure 0007172393000203
Figure 0007172393000203

Figure 0007172393000204
Figure 0007172393000204

Figure 0007172393000205
Figure 0007172393000205

Figure 0007172393000206
Figure 0007172393000206

Figure 0007172393000207
Figure 0007172393000207

Figure 0007172393000208
Figure 0007172393000208

で表される化合物等が挙げられる。電子輸送層の膜厚は1nmから5μmであることが好ましく、5nmから200nmであることが特に好ましい。電子輸送層は単一の材料から構成されても、複数の材料から構成されても良い。また、複数の層が積層した積層構造であっても良い。 Compounds represented by and the like. The film thickness of the electron transport layer is preferably 1 nm to 5 μm, particularly preferably 5 nm to 200 nm. The electron transport layer may be composed of a single material or multiple materials. Alternatively, a laminated structure in which a plurality of layers are laminated may be used.

本願発明の化合物を含む有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子の素子構成としては、下記の素子(XD-1)から素子(XD-6)で表される構造等が挙げられる。 Element configurations of the organic electroluminescence element containing the compound of the present invention include structures represented by elements (XD-1) to (XD-6) below.

Figure 0007172393000209
Figure 0007172393000209

これらの素子は、さらにホール注入層及び/又は電子注入層を有しても良い。発光効率を向上させるために、発光層と隣接するホール輸送層との間に電子阻止層を設けても良い。また、複数の発光層を有する場合、複数の発光層が互いに隣接して積層されていても、中間層を介して積層されていても良い。有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子の構成例として上記の素子(XD-4)を基板上に作製した場合の断面を図1に示す。図1において、1は基板、2は陽極、3はホール注入層、4はホール輸送層、5は発光層、6は電子輸送層、7は陰極を表す。 These devices may additionally have a hole-injection layer and/or an electron-injection layer. An electron-blocking layer may be provided between the light-emitting layer and the adjacent hole-transporting layer to improve luminous efficiency. Moreover, when a plurality of light-emitting layers are provided, the plurality of light-emitting layers may be laminated adjacent to each other, or may be laminated via an intermediate layer. FIG. 1 shows a cross section of the above element (XD-4) fabricated on a substrate as an example of the structure of the organic electroluminescence element. In FIG. 1, 1 is a substrate, 2 is an anode, 3 is a hole injection layer, 4 is a hole transport layer, 5 is a light emitting layer, 6 is an electron transport layer, and 7 is a cathode.

本願発明の化合物を含む有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子の各層の成膜方法としては、真空蒸着、スパッタリング、プラズマCVD、イオンプレーティング、スピンコーティング、ディッピング、フローコーティング、インクジェット印刷、レリーフ印刷、オフセット印刷等が挙げられる。全ての層が同一の成膜方法であっても、異なる成膜方法を組み合わせても良い。 Examples of the method for forming each layer of the organic electroluminescence device containing the compound of the present invention include vacuum deposition, sputtering, plasma CVD, ion plating, spin coating, dipping, flow coating, inkjet printing, relief printing, offset printing, and the like. be done. Even if all the layers are formed by the same film formation method, different film formation methods may be combined.

以下、実施例を挙げて本発明を更に記述するが、本発明はこれらの実施例に限定されるものではない。また、以下の実施例及び比較例の組成物における「%」は『質量%』を意味する。各工程において酸素及び/又は水分に不安定な物質を取り扱う際は、窒素ガス、アルゴンガス等の不活性ガス中で作業を行うことが好ましい。以下具体的に記載されている作業に加えて必要に応じて、当業者間において通常行われている反応のクエンチ、分液・抽出、中和、洗浄、分離、精製、乾燥、濃縮等の作業を行っても良い。各化合物の純度はUPLC(Waters ACQUITY UPLC BEH C18、2.1×100mm、1.7μm、アセトニトリル/水又は0.1%ギ酸含有アセトニトリル/水、PDA、カラム温度40℃)、GC(Agilent 6890A、J&W DB-1、30m/0.25mm/0.25μm、キャリアガス He、FID、100℃(1分)→昇温10℃/分→300℃(12分))又はH NMR(日本電子、400MHz)によって決定した。
(実施例1)式(L1-1-11)で表される化合物の製造
The present invention will be further described below with reference to Examples, but the present invention is not limited to these Examples. In addition, "%" in the compositions of the following examples and comparative examples means "% by mass". When handling substances unstable to oxygen and/or moisture in each step, it is preferable to work in an inert gas such as nitrogen gas or argon gas. In addition to the operations specifically described below, if necessary, operations such as reaction quenching, liquid separation/extraction, neutralization, washing, separation, purification, drying, concentration, etc. that are commonly performed by those skilled in the art may be performed. The purity of each compound was determined by UPLC (Waters ACQUITY UPLC BEH C18 , 2.1 x 100 mm, 1.7 µm, acetonitrile/water or acetonitrile/water containing 0.1% formic acid, PDA, column temperature 40°C), GC (Agilent 6890A , J & W DB-1, 30 m / 0.25 mm / 0.25 μm, carrier gas He, FID, 100 ° C. (1 minute) → temperature rise 10 ° C./minute → 300 ° C. (12 minutes)) or 1 H NMR (JEOL , 400 MHz).
(Example 1) Production of compound represented by formula (L1-1-11)

Figure 0007172393000210
Figure 0007172393000210

窒素雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-1-11-1)で表される化合物10.0g、L-アスコルビン酸ナトリウム1.0g、ヨウ化銅(I)0.9g、N,N’-ジメチルエチレンジアミン0.7g、アジ化ナトリウム3.8g、ジメチルスルホキシド100mL、水20mLを加えた。15℃で、トリメチルシリルアセチレン7.2gを滴下し、室温で10時間撹拌した。反応液を28%アンモニア水に注ぎ、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を食塩水で洗浄した。カラムクロマトグラフィー(アルミナ、酢酸エチル)により精製を行うことによって、式(L1-1-11-2)で表される化合物7.5gを得た。 Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 10.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-1-11-1), 1.0 g of sodium L-ascorbate, 0.9 g of copper (I) iodide, N,N'- 0.7 g of dimethylethylenediamine, 3.8 g of sodium azide, 100 mL of dimethylsulfoxide and 20 mL of water were added. At 15° C., 7.2 g of trimethylsilylacetylene was added dropwise and stirred at room temperature for 10 hours. The reaction solution was poured into 28% aqueous ammonia and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine. Purification by column chromatography (alumina, ethyl acetate) gave 7.5 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-1-11-2).

反応容器に式(L1-1-11-2)で表される化合物7.5g、アセトニトリル180mL、N-ブロモスクシンイミド18.3gを加え、16時間加熱還流させた。反応液をチオ硫酸ナトリウム水溶液に注ぎ、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を水及び食塩水で順次洗浄した。カラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル、ジクロロメタン/酢酸エチル)により精製を行うことによって、式(L1-1-11-3)で表される化合物6.1gを得た。 7.5 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-1-11-2), 180 mL of acetonitrile, and 18.3 g of N-bromosuccinimide were added to the reactor and heated under reflux for 16 hours. The reaction solution was poured into an aqueous sodium thiosulfate solution and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and brine successively. Purification by column chromatography (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate) gave 6.1 g of the compound represented by formula (L1-1-11-3).

窒素雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-1-11-3)で表される化合物6.1g、式(L1-1-11-4)で表される化合物5.1g、2-ジシクロヘキシルホスフィノ-2’,4’,6’-トリイソプロピルビフェニル(XPhos)0.5g、ナトリウムtert-ブトキシド4.0g、トルエン50mL、酢酸パラジウム(II)0.1gを加え、5時間加熱還流させた。反応液を水に注ぎ、ジクロロメタンで抽出した。有機層を食塩水で洗浄し、カラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル、ジクロロメタン)及び再結晶(ジクロロメタン/ヘキサン)により精製を行うことによって、式(L1-1-11)で表される化合物6.0gを得た。
LC-MS:313[M+1]
(実施例2)式(L1-1-3)で表される化合物の製造
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 6.1 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-1-11-3), 5.1 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-1-11-4), and 2-dicyclohexylphosphino were placed in a reaction vessel. 0.5 g of -2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl (XPhos), 4.0 g of sodium tert-butoxide, 50 mL of toluene and 0.1 g of palladium(II) acetate were added, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 5 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with brine and purified by column chromatography (silica gel, dichloromethane) and recrystallization (dichloromethane/hexane) to obtain 6.0 g of the compound represented by formula (L1-1-11). rice field.
LC-MS: 313 [M+1]
(Example 2) Production of compound represented by formula (L1-1-3)

Figure 0007172393000211
Figure 0007172393000211

窒素雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-1-3-1)で表される化合物10.0g、L-アスコルビン酸ナトリウム1.0g、ヨウ化銅(I)0.9g、N,N’-ジメチルエチレンジアミン0.7g、アジ化ナトリウム3.8g、ジメチルスルホキシド100mL、水20mLを加えた。15℃で、1-ヨード-2-(トリメチルシリル)アセチレン16.5gを滴下し、室温で10時間撹拌した。反応液を28%アンモニア水に注ぎ、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を食塩水で洗浄した。カラムクロマトグラフィー(アルミナ、酢酸エチル)により精製を行うことによって、式(L1-1-3-2)で表される化合物11.8gを得た。 Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 10.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-1-3-1), 1.0 g of sodium L-ascorbate, 0.9 g of copper (I) iodide, N,N'- 0.7 g of dimethylethylenediamine, 3.8 g of sodium azide, 100 mL of dimethylsulfoxide and 20 mL of water were added. 16.5 g of 1-iodo-2-(trimethylsilyl)acetylene was added dropwise at 15° C. and stirred at room temperature for 10 hours. The reaction solution was poured into 28% aqueous ammonia and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine. Purification by column chromatography (alumina, ethyl acetate) gave 11.8 g of the compound represented by formula (L1-1-3-2).

窒素雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-1-3-2)で表される化合物11.8g、式(L1-1-3-3)で表される化合物4.2g、炭酸カリウム7.1g、テトラヒドロフラン50mL、水50mL、テトラキス(トリフェニルホスフィン)パラジウム(0)0.4gを加え、15時間加熱還流させた。反応液を水に注ぎ、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を水及び食塩水で順次洗浄した。カラムクロマトグラフィー(アルミナ、酢酸エチル)により精製を行うことによって、式(L1-1-3-4)で表される化合物7.0gを得た。 Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 11.8 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-1-3-2), 4.2 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-1-3-3), and 7.1 g of potassium carbonate were placed in a reaction vessel. , 50 mL of tetrahydrofuran, 50 mL of water, and 0.4 g of tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) were added, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 15 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and brine successively. Purification by column chromatography (alumina, ethyl acetate) gave 7.0 g of the compound represented by formula (L1-1-3-4).

反応容器に式(L1-1-3-4)で表される化合物7.0g、アセトニトリル180mL、N-ブロモスクシンイミド12.8gを加え、16時間加熱還流させた。反応液をチオ硫酸ナトリウム水溶液に注ぎ、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を水及び食塩水で順次洗浄した。カラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル、ジクロロメタン/酢酸エチル)により精製を行うことによって、式(L1-1-3-5)で表される化合物5.8gを得た。 7.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-1-3-4), 180 mL of acetonitrile, and 12.8 g of N-bromosuccinimide were added to the reactor and heated under reflux for 16 hours. The reaction solution was poured into an aqueous sodium thiosulfate solution and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and brine successively. Purification by column chromatography (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate) gave 5.8 g of the compound represented by formula (L1-1-3-5).

窒素雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-1-3-5)で表される化合物5.8g、式(L1-1-3-6)で表される化合物3.0g、2-ジシクロヘキシルホスフィノ-2’,4’,6’-トリイソプロピルビフェニル(XPhos)0.5g、ナトリウムtert-ブトキシド4.0g、トルエン50mL、酢酸パラジウム(II)0.1gを加え、5時間加熱還流させた。反応液を水に注ぎ、ジクロロメタンで抽出した。有機層を食塩水で洗浄し、カラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル、ジクロロメタン/酢酸エチル)及び再結晶(ジクロロメタン/ヘキサン)により精製を行うことによって、式(L1-1-3)で表される化合物4.7gを得た。
LC-MS:349[M+1]
(実施例3)式(L1-1-27)で表される化合物の製造
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 5.8 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-1-3-5), 3.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-1-3-6), and 2-dicyclohexylphosphino were placed in a reaction vessel. 0.5 g of -2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl (XPhos), 4.0 g of sodium tert-butoxide, 50 mL of toluene and 0.1 g of palladium(II) acetate were added, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 5 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with brine and purified by column chromatography (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate) and recrystallization (dichloromethane/hexane) to give compound of formula (L1-1-3)4. 7 g was obtained.
LC-MS: 349 [M+1]
(Example 3) Production of compound represented by formula (L1-1-27)

Figure 0007172393000212
Figure 0007172393000212

窒素雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-1-27-1)で表される化合物10.0g、式(L1-1-27-2)で表される化合物6.0g、2-ジシクロヘキシルホスフィノ-2’,4’,6’-トリイソプロピルビフェニル(XPhos)0.5g、ナトリウムtert-ブトキシド5.1g、トルエン80mL、酢酸パラジウム(II)0.1gを加え、5時間加熱還流させた。反応液を水に注ぎ、ジクロロメタンで抽出した。有機層を食塩水で洗浄し、カラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル、ジクロロメタン/酢酸エチル)及び再結晶(ジクロロメタン/ヘキサン)により精製を行うことによって、式(L1-1-27-3)で表される化合物5.8gを得た。 Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 10.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-1-27-1), 6.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-1-27-2), and 2-dicyclohexylphosphino were placed in a reaction vessel. 0.5 g of -2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl (XPhos), 5.1 g of sodium tert-butoxide, 80 mL of toluene and 0.1 g of palladium(II) acetate were added, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 5 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer is washed with brine and purified by column chromatography (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate) and recrystallization (dichloromethane/hexane) to obtain a compound of formula (L1-1-27-3). 5.8 g was obtained.

窒素雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-1-27-3)で表される化合物10.0g、ビス(ピナコラト)ジボロン8.6g、酢酸カリウム4.5g、ジメチルスルホキシド100mL、[1,1’-ビス(ジフェニルホスフィノ)フェロセン]パラジウム(II)ジクロリド ジクロロメタン付加物0.5gを加え、90℃で8時間加熱撹拌した。反応液を水に注ぎ、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を水及び食塩水で順次洗浄した。カラムクロマトグラフィー(アルミナ、酢酸エチル)により精製を行うことによって、式(L1-1-27-4)で表される化合物9.2gを得た。 Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 10.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-1-27-3), 8.6 g of bis(pinacolato)diboron, 4.5 g of potassium acetate, 100 mL of dimethylsulfoxide, [1,1' -Bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]palladium(II) dichloride/dichloromethane adduct (0.5 g) was added, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 90°C for 8 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and brine successively. Purification by column chromatography (alumina, ethyl acetate) gave 9.2 g of the compound represented by formula (L1-1-27-4).

実施例1と同様の方法によって、式(L1-1-27-7)で表される化合物を製造した。窒素雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-1-27-7)で表される化合物5.6g、式(L1-1-27-4)で表される化合物9.2g、炭酸カリウム5.1g、テトラヒドロフラン60mL、水60mL、テトラキス(トリフェニルホスフィン)パラジウム(0)0.3gを加え、15時間加熱還流させた。反応液を水に注ぎ、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を水及び食塩水で順次洗浄した。カラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル、ジクロロメタン/酢酸エチル)及び再結晶(ジクロロメタン/ヘキサン)により精製を行うことによって、式(L1-1-27)で表される化合物6.7gを得た。
LC-MS:389[M+1]
(実施例4)式(L1-2-5)で表される化合物の製造
A compound represented by the formula (L1-1-27-7) was prepared by the same method as in Example 1. Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 5.6 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-1-27-7), 9.2 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-1-27-4), and 5.1 g of potassium carbonate were placed in a reaction vessel. , 60 mL of tetrahydrofuran, 60 mL of water, and 0.3 g of tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) were added, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 15 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and brine successively. Purification by column chromatography (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate) and recrystallization (dichloromethane/hexane) gave 6.7 g of the compound represented by formula (L1-1-27).
LC-MS: 389 [M+1]
(Example 4) Production of compound represented by formula (L1-2-5)

Figure 0007172393000213
Figure 0007172393000213

窒素雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-2-5-1)で表される化合物10.0g、トリメチルシリルアセチレン6.7g、トリエチルアミン10mL、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド30mL、ヨウ化銅(I)0.2g、テトラキス(トリフェニルホスフィン)パラジウム(0)0.6gを加え、90℃で15時間加熱撹拌した。反応液を水に注ぎ、トルエンで抽出した。有機層を水及び食塩水で順次洗浄した。カラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル、トルエン/ヘキサン)により精製を行うことによって、式(L1-2-5-2)で表される化合物7.7gを得た。 Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 10.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-5-1), 6.7 g of trimethylsilylacetylene, 10 mL of triethylamine, 30 mL of N,N-dimethylformamide, and 0 copper (I) iodide were placed in a reaction vessel. .2 g and 0.6 g of tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) were added, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 90° C. for 15 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water and extracted with toluene. The organic layer was washed with water and brine successively. Purification by column chromatography (silica gel, toluene/hexane) gave 7.7 g of the compound represented by formula (L1-2-5-2).

反応容器に式(L1-2-5-2)で表される化合物7.7g、炭酸カリウム7.8g、メタノール100mLを加え、室温で8時間撹拌した。反応液を水に注ぎ、トルエンで抽出した。有機層を水及び食塩水で順次洗浄した。カラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル、トルエン/ヘキサン)により精製を行うことによって、式(L1-2-5-3)で表される化合物4.4gを得た。 7.7 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-5-2), 7.8 g of potassium carbonate, and 100 mL of methanol were added to the reactor and stirred at room temperature for 8 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water and extracted with toluene. The organic layer was washed with water and brine successively. Purification by column chromatography (silica gel, toluene/hexane) gave 4.4 g of the compound represented by formula (L1-2-5-3).

窒素雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-2-5-3)で表される化合物4.4g、テトラヒドロフラン50mLを加えた。-78℃で、1.6Mブチルリチウム/ヘキサン溶液26mLを滴下し、-78℃で1時間撹拌した。-78℃で、ヨウ素9.5gをテトラヒドロフラン30mLに溶解させた溶液を滴下し、-78℃で2時間撹拌した。さらに室温で5時間撹拌した。反応液を5%塩酸に注ぎ、トルエンで抽出した。有機層を水及び食塩水で順次洗浄した。カラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル、トルエン/ヘキサン)により精製を行うことによって、式(L1-2-5-4)で表される化合物7.0gを得た。 Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 4.4 g of the compound represented by formula (L1-2-5-3) and 50 mL of tetrahydrofuran were added to the reactor. At -78°C, 26 mL of a 1.6M butyllithium/hexane solution was added dropwise, and the mixture was stirred at -78°C for 1 hour. At -78°C, a solution of 9.5 g of iodine dissolved in 30 mL of tetrahydrofuran was added dropwise, followed by stirring at -78°C for 2 hours. Further, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 hours. The reaction solution was poured into 5% hydrochloric acid and extracted with toluene. The organic layer was washed with water and brine successively. Purification by column chromatography (silica gel, toluene/hexane) gave 7.0 g of the compound represented by formula (L1-2-5-4).

窒素雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-2-5-5)で表される化合物10.0g、L-アスコルビン酸ナトリウム1.0g、ヨウ化銅(I)0.9g、N,N’-ジメチルエチレンジアミン0.7g、アジ化ナトリウム3.8g、ジメチルスルホキシド100mL、水20mLを加えた。15℃で、式(L1-2-5-4)で表される化合物12.5gをジメチルスルホキシド60mLに溶解させた溶液を滴下し、室温で10時間撹拌した。反応液を28%アンモニア水に注ぎ、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を食塩水で洗浄した。カラムクロマトグラフィー(アルミナ、酢酸エチル)により精製を行うことによって、式(L1-2-5-6)で表される化合物12.9gを得た。 Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 10.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-5-5), 1.0 g of sodium L-ascorbate, 0.9 g of copper (I) iodide, N,N'- 0.7 g of dimethylethylenediamine, 3.8 g of sodium azide, 100 mL of dimethylsulfoxide and 20 mL of water were added. A solution prepared by dissolving 12.5 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-5-4) in 60 mL of dimethylsulfoxide was added dropwise at 15° C. and stirred at room temperature for 10 hours. The reaction solution was poured into 28% aqueous ammonia and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine. Purification by column chromatography (alumina, ethyl acetate) gave 12.9 g of the compound represented by formula (L1-2-5-6).

窒素雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-2-5-6)で表される化合物12.9g、式(L1-2-5-7)で表される化合物3.2g、2-ジシクロヘキシルホスフィノ-2’,4’,6’-トリイソプロピルビフェニル(XPhos)0.5g、ナトリウムtert-ブトキシド4.0g、トルエン50mL、酢酸パラジウム(II)0.1gを加え、5時間加熱還流させた。反応液を水に注ぎ、ジクロロメタンで抽出した。有機層を食塩水で洗浄し、カラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル、ジクロロメタン/酢酸エチル)及び再結晶(ジクロロメタン/ヘキサン)により精製を行うことによって、式(L1-2-5)で表される化合物8.0gを得た。
LC-MS:333[M+1]
(実施例5)式(L1-2-6)で表される化合物の製造
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 12.9 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-5-6), 3.2 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-5-7), and 2-dicyclohexylphosphino were placed in a reaction vessel. 0.5 g of -2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl (XPhos), 4.0 g of sodium tert-butoxide, 50 mL of toluene and 0.1 g of palladium(II) acetate were added, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 5 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with brine and purified by column chromatography (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate) and recrystallization (dichloromethane/hexane) to give compound of formula (L1-2-5)8. 0 g was obtained.
LC-MS: 333 [M+1]
(Example 5) Production of compound represented by formula (L1-2-6)

Figure 0007172393000214
Figure 0007172393000214

実施例2と同様の方法によって、式(L1-2-6-2)で表される化合物を製造した。窒素雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-2-6-2)で表される化合物10.0g、式(L1-2-6-3)で表される化合物4.3g、2-ジシクロヘキシルホスフィノ-2’,4’,6’-トリイソプロピルビフェニル(XPhos)0.5g、ナトリウムtert-ブトキシド4.3g、トルエン50mL、酢酸パラジウム(II)0.1gを加え、5時間加熱還流させた。反応液を水に注ぎ、ジクロロメタンで抽出した。有機層を食塩水で洗浄し、カラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル、ジクロロメタン/酢酸エチル)及び再結晶(ジクロロメタン/ヘキサン)により精製を行うことによって、式(L1-2-6)で表される化合物7.4gを得た。
LC-MS:365[M+1]
(実施例6)式(L1-2-20)で表される化合物の製造
A compound represented by the formula (L1-2-6-2) was prepared by the same method as in Example 2. Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 10.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-6-2), 4.3 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-6-3), and 2-dicyclohexylphosphino were placed in a reaction vessel. 0.5 g of -2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl (XPhos), 4.3 g of sodium tert-butoxide, 50 mL of toluene and 0.1 g of palladium(II) acetate were added, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 5 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with brine and purified by column chromatography (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate) and recrystallization (dichloromethane/hexane) to give compound of formula (L1-2-6)7. 4 g was obtained.
LC-MS: 365 [M+1]
(Example 6) Production of compound represented by formula (L1-2-20)

Figure 0007172393000215
Figure 0007172393000215

窒素雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-2-20-1)で表される化合物10.0g、式(L1-2-20-2)で表される化合物5.2g、2-ジシクロヘキシルホスフィノ-2’,4’,6’-トリイソプロピルビフェニル(XPhos)0.5g、ナトリウムtert-ブトキシド4.0g、トルエン50mL、酢酸パラジウム(II)0.1gを加え、5時間加熱還流させた。反応液を水に注ぎ、ジクロロメタンで抽出した。有機層を食塩水で洗浄し、カラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル、ジクロロメタン/酢酸エチル)により精製を行うことによって、式(L1-2-20-3)で表される化合物9.1gを得た。 Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 10.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-20-1), 5.2 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-20-2), and 2-dicyclohexylphosphino were placed in a reaction vessel. 0.5 g of -2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl (XPhos), 4.0 g of sodium tert-butoxide, 50 mL of toluene and 0.1 g of palladium(II) acetate were added, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 5 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with brine and purified by column chromatography (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate) to obtain 9.1 g of the compound represented by formula (L1-2-20-3).

窒素雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-2-20-3)で表される化合物9.1g、ビス(ピナコラト)ジボロン6.4g、酢酸カリウム3.1g、ジメチルスルホキシド80mL、[1,1’-ビス(ジフェニルホスフィノ)フェロセン]パラジウム(II)ジクロリド ジクロロメタン付加物0.2gを加え、90℃で8時間加熱撹拌した。反応液を水に注ぎ、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を水及び食塩水で順次洗浄した。カラムクロマトグラフィー(アルミナ、酢酸エチル)により精製を行うことによって、式(L1-2-20-4)で表される化合物7.1gを得た。 Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 9.1 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-20-3), 6.4 g of bis(pinacolato)diboron, 3.1 g of potassium acetate, 80 mL of dimethylsulfoxide, [1,1' -Bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]palladium(II) dichloride/dichloromethane adduct (0.2 g) was added, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 90°C for 8 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and brine successively. Purification by column chromatography (alumina, ethyl acetate) gave 7.1 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-20-4).

実施例2と同様の方法によって、式(L1-2-20-6)で表される化合物を製造した。反応容器に式(L1-2-20-6)で表される化合物10.0g、テトラヒドロフラン50mLを加えた。氷冷しながら、1Mテトラブチルアンモニウムフルオリド/テトラヒドロフラン溶液29.1mLを滴下し、室温で5時間撹拌した。反応液を5%塩酸に注ぎ、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を水及び食塩水で順次洗浄した。カラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル、ジクロロメタン/酢酸エチル)により精製を行うことによって、式(L1-2-20-7)で表される化合物6.3gを得た。 A compound represented by the formula (L1-2-20-6) was prepared by a method similar to that of Example 2. 10.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-20-6) and 50 mL of tetrahydrofuran were added to the reactor. While cooling with ice, 29.1 mL of a 1M tetrabutylammonium fluoride/tetrahydrofuran solution was added dropwise, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 hours. The reaction solution was poured into 5% hydrochloric acid and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and brine successively. Purification by column chromatography (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate) gave 6.3 g of the compound represented by formula (L1-2-20-7).

窒素雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-2-20-7)で表される化合物6.3g、式(L1-2-20-4)で表される化合物11.3g、炭酸カリウム4.8g、テトラヒドロフラン80mL、水80mL、テトラキス(トリフェニルホスフィン)パラジウム(0)0.3gを加え、15時間加熱還流させた。反応液を水に注ぎ、ジクロロメタンで抽出した。有機層を水及び食塩水で順次洗浄した。カラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル、ジクロロメタン/酢酸エチル)及び再結晶(ジクロロメタン/ヘキサン)により精製を行うことによって、式(L1-2-20)で表される化合物8.2gを得た。
LC-MS:501[M+1]
(実施例7)式(L1-2-29)で表される化合物の製造
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 6.3 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-20-7), 11.3 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-20-4), and 4.8 g of potassium carbonate were placed in a reaction vessel. , 80 mL of tetrahydrofuran, 80 mL of water, and 0.3 g of tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) were added, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 15 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with water and brine successively. Purification by column chromatography (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate) and recrystallization (dichloromethane/hexane) gave 8.2 g of the compound of formula (L1-2-20).
LC-MS: 501 [M+1]
(Example 7) Production of compound represented by formula (L1-2-29)

Figure 0007172393000216
Figure 0007172393000216

窒素雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-2-29-1)で表される化合物10.0g、ビス(ピナコラト)ジボロン9.5g、酢酸カリウム4.6g、ジメチルスルホキシド100mL、[1,1’-ビス(ジフェニルホスフィノ)フェロセン]パラジウム(II)ジクロリド ジクロロメタン付加物0.5gを加え、90℃で8時間加熱撹拌した。反応液を水に注ぎ、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を水及び食塩水で順次洗浄した。カラムクロマトグラフィー(アルミナ、酢酸エチル)により精製を行うことによって、式(L1-2-29-2)で表される化合物8.0gを得た。 Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 10.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-29-1), 9.5 g of bis(pinacolato)diboron, 4.6 g of potassium acetate, 100 mL of dimethylsulfoxide, [1,1' -Bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]palladium(II) dichloride/dichloromethane adduct (0.5 g) was added, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 90°C for 8 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and brine successively. Purification by column chromatography (alumina, ethyl acetate) gave 8.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-29-2).

窒素雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-2-29-3)で表される化合物10.0g、テトラヒドロフラン50mLを加えた。-78℃で、1.6Mブチルリチウム/ヘキサン溶液91mLを滴下し、-78℃で1時間撹拌した。-78℃で、ヨウ素34.0gをテトラヒドロフラン100mLに溶解させた溶液を滴下し、-78℃で2時間撹拌した。さらに室温で5時間撹拌した。反応液を5%塩酸に注ぎ、トルエンで抽出した。有機層を水及び食塩水で順次洗浄した。溶媒を減圧留去し乾燥させることによって、式(L1-2-29-4)で表される化合物15.2gを得た。 Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 10.0 g of the compound represented by formula (L1-2-29-3) and 50 mL of tetrahydrofuran were added to the reactor. At -78°C, 91 mL of a 1.6M butyllithium/hexane solution was added dropwise, and the mixture was stirred at -78°C for 1 hour. At -78°C, a solution of 34.0 g of iodine dissolved in 100 mL of tetrahydrofuran was added dropwise, followed by stirring at -78°C for 2 hours. Further, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 hours. The reaction solution was poured into 5% hydrochloric acid and extracted with toluene. The organic layer was washed with water and brine successively. By removing the solvent under reduced pressure and drying, 15.2 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-29-4) was obtained.

窒素雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-2-29-5)で表される化合物10.0g、L-アスコルビン酸ナトリウム1.0g、ヨウ化銅(I)0.9g、N,N’-ジメチルエチレンジアミン0.7g、アジ化ナトリウム3.8g、ジメチルスルホキシド100mL、水20mLを加えた。15℃で、式(L1-2-29-4)で表される化合物11.2gをジメチルスルホキシド30mLに溶解させた溶液を滴下し、室温で10時間撹拌した。反応液を28%アンモニア水に注ぎ、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を食塩水で洗浄した。カラムクロマトグラフィー(アルミナ、酢酸エチル)により精製を行うことによって、式(L1-2-29-6)で表される化合物11.2gを得た。 Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 10.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-29-5), 1.0 g of sodium L-ascorbate, 0.9 g of copper (I) iodide, N,N'- 0.7 g of dimethylethylenediamine, 3.8 g of sodium azide, 100 mL of dimethylsulfoxide and 20 mL of water were added. A solution prepared by dissolving 11.2 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-29-4) in 30 mL of dimethylsulfoxide was added dropwise at 15° C. and stirred at room temperature for 10 hours. The reaction solution was poured into 28% aqueous ammonia and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine. Purification by column chromatography (alumina, ethyl acetate) gave 11.2 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-29-6).

窒素雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-2-29-6)で表される化合物11.2g、式(L1-2-29-2)で表される化合物12.7g、炭酸カリウム7.1g、テトラヒドロフラン60mL、水60mL、テトラキス(トリフェニルホスフィン)パラジウム(0)0.3gを加え、15時間加熱還流させた。反応液を水に注ぎ、ジクロロメタンで抽出した。有機層を水及び食塩水で順次洗浄した。カラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル、ジクロロメタン/酢酸エチル)及び再結晶(ジクロロメタン/ヘキサン)により精製を行うことによって、式(L1-2-29)で表される化合物10.6gを得た。
LC-MS:443[M+1]
(実施例8)式(L1-3-11)で表される化合物の製造
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 11.2 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-29-6), 12.7 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-29-2), and 7.1 g of potassium carbonate were placed in a reaction vessel. , 60 mL of tetrahydrofuran, 60 mL of water, and 0.3 g of tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) were added, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 15 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with water and brine successively. Purification by column chromatography (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate) and recrystallization (dichloromethane/hexane) gave 10.6 g of the compound represented by formula (L1-2-29).
LC-MS: 443 [M+1]
(Example 8) Production of compound represented by formula (L1-3-11)

Figure 0007172393000217
Figure 0007172393000217

窒素雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-3-11-1)で表される化合物10.0g、L-アスコルビン酸ナトリウム1.0g、ヨウ化銅(I)0.9g、N,N’-ジメチルエチレンジアミン0.7g、アジ化ナトリウム4.6g、ジメチルスルホキシド100mL、水20mLを加えた。15℃で、式(L1-3-11-2)で表される化合物4.3gをジメチルスルホキシド10mLに溶解させた溶液を滴下し、室温で10時間撹拌した。反応液を28%アンモニア水に注ぎ、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を食塩水で洗浄した。カラムクロマトグラフィー(アルミナ、酢酸エチル)により精製を行うことによって、式(L1-3-11-3)で表される化合物3.0gを得た。 Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 10.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-11-1), 1.0 g of sodium L-ascorbate, 0.9 g of copper (I) iodide, N,N'- 0.7 g of dimethylethylenediamine, 4.6 g of sodium azide, 100 mL of dimethylsulfoxide and 20 mL of water were added. A solution prepared by dissolving 4.3 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-11-2) in 10 mL of dimethylsulfoxide was added dropwise at 15° C. and stirred at room temperature for 10 hours. The reaction solution was poured into 28% aqueous ammonia and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine. Purification by column chromatography (alumina, ethyl acetate) gave 3.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-11-3).

窒素雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-3-11-3)で表される化合物3.0g、式(L1-3-11-4)で表される化合物2.0g、2-ジシクロヘキシルホスフィノ-2’,4’,6’-トリイソプロピルビフェニル(XPhos)0.5g、ナトリウムtert-ブトキシド1.5g、トルエン50mL、酢酸パラジウム(II)0.1gを加え、5時間加熱還流させた。反応液を水に注ぎ、ジクロロメタンで抽出した。有機層を食塩水で洗浄し、カラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル、ジクロロメタン/酢酸エチル)により精製を行うことによって、式(L1-3-11)で表される化合物2.7gを得た。
LC-MS:369[M+1]
(実施例9)式(L1-3-35)で表される化合物の製造
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 3.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-11-3), 2.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-11-4), and 2-dicyclohexylphosphino were placed in a reaction vessel. 0.5 g of -2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl (XPhos), 1.5 g of sodium tert-butoxide, 50 mL of toluene, and 0.1 g of palladium(II) acetate were added and heated under reflux for 5 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with brine and purified by column chromatography (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate) to obtain 2.7 g of the compound represented by formula (L1-3-11).
LC-MS: 369 [M+1]
(Example 9) Production of compound represented by formula (L1-3-35)

Figure 0007172393000218
Figure 0007172393000218

窒素雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-3-35-1)で表される化合物10.0g、式(L1-3-35-2)で表される化合物3.0g、2-ジシクロヘキシルホスフィノ-2’,4’,6’-トリイソプロピルビフェニル(XPhos)0.5g、ナトリウムtert-ブトキシド5.1g、トルエン50mL、酢酸パラジウム(II)0.1gを加え、5時間加熱還流させた。反応液を水に注ぎ、ジクロロメタンで抽出した。有機層を食塩水で洗浄し、カラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル、ジクロロメタン/酢酸エチル)により精製を行うことによって、式(L1-3-35)で表される化合物4.8gを得た。
LC-MS:271[M+1]
(実施例10)式(L1-3-7)で表される化合物の製造
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 10.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-35-1), 3.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-35-2), and 2-dicyclohexylphosphino were placed in a reaction vessel. 0.5 g of -2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl (XPhos), 5.1 g of sodium tert-butoxide, 50 mL of toluene and 0.1 g of palladium(II) acetate were added, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 5 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with brine and purified by column chromatography (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate) to obtain 4.8 g of the compound represented by formula (L1-3-35).
LC-MS: 271 [M+1]
(Example 10) Production of compound represented by formula (L1-3-7)

Figure 0007172393000219
Figure 0007172393000219

窒素雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-3-7-1)で表される化合物10.0g、L-アスコルビン酸ナトリウム1.0g、ヨウ化銅(I)0.9g、N,N’-ジメチルエチレンジアミン0.7g、アジ化ナトリウム4.6g、ジメチルスルホキシド100mL、水20mLを加えた。15℃で、トリメチルシリルアセチレン5.2gをジメチルスルホキシド10mLに溶解させた溶液を滴下し、室温で10時間撹拌した。反応液を28%アンモニア水に注ぎ、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を食塩水で洗浄した。カラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル、ジクロロメタン/酢酸エチル)により精製を行うことによって、式(L1-3-7-2)で表される化合物5.2gを得た。 Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 10.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-7-1), 1.0 g of sodium L-ascorbate, 0.9 g of copper (I) iodide, N,N'- 0.7 g of dimethylethylenediamine, 4.6 g of sodium azide, 100 mL of dimethylsulfoxide and 20 mL of water were added. A solution of 5.2 g of trimethylsilylacetylene dissolved in 10 mL of dimethylsulfoxide was added dropwise at 15° C., and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 hours. The reaction solution was poured into 28% aqueous ammonia and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine. Purification by column chromatography (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate) gave 5.2 g of the compound represented by formula (L1-3-7-2).

窒素雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-3-7-2)で表される化合物5.2g、式(L1-3-7-3)で表される化合物3.7g、2-ジシクロヘキシルホスフィノ-2’,4’,6’-トリイソプロピルビフェニル(XPhos)0.5g、ナトリウムtert-ブトキシド2.5g、トルエン50mL、酢酸パラジウム(II)0.1gを加え、5時間加熱還流させた。反応液を水に注ぎ、ジクロロメタンで抽出した。有機層を食塩水で洗浄し、カラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル、ジクロロメタン/酢酸エチル)により精製を行うことによって、式(L1-3-7)で表される化合物4.5gを得た。
LC-MS:427[M+1]
(実施例11)式(L1-3-51)で表される化合物の製造
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 5.2 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-7-2), 3.7 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-7-3), and 2-dicyclohexylphosphino were placed in a reaction vessel. 0.5 g of -2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl (XPhos), 2.5 g of sodium tert-butoxide, 50 mL of toluene and 0.1 g of palladium(II) acetate were added, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 5 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with brine and purified by column chromatography (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate) to obtain 4.5 g of the compound represented by formula (L1-3-7).
LC-MS: 427 [M+1]
(Example 11) Production of compound represented by formula (L1-3-51)

Figure 0007172393000220
Figure 0007172393000220

窒素雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-3-51-1)で表される化合物10.0g、式(L1-3-51-2)で表される化合物4.7g、2-ジシクロヘキシルホスフィノ-2’,4’,6’-トリイソプロピルビフェニル(XPhos)0.5g、ナトリウムtert-ブトキシド5.1g、トルエン50mL、酢酸パラジウム(II)0.1gを加え、5時間加熱還流させた。反応液を水に注ぎ、ジクロロメタンで抽出した。有機層を食塩水で洗浄し、カラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル、ジクロロメタン/酢酸エチル)により精製を行うことによって、式(L1-3-51-3)で表される化合物6.8gを得た。 Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 10.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-51-1), 4.7 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-51-2), and 2-dicyclohexylphosphino were placed in a reaction vessel. 0.5 g of -2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl (XPhos), 5.1 g of sodium tert-butoxide, 50 mL of toluene and 0.1 g of palladium(II) acetate were added, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 5 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with brine and purified by column chromatography (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate) to obtain 6.8 g of the compound represented by formula (L1-3-51-3).

窒素雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-3-51-3)で表される化合物6.8g、ビス(ピナコラト)ジボロン7.5g、酢酸カリウム3.6g、ジメチルスルホキシド60mL、[1,1’-ビス(ジフェニルホスフィノ)フェロセン]パラジウム(II)ジクロリド ジクロロメタン付加物0.5gを加え、90℃で8時間加熱撹拌した。反応液を水に注ぎ、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を水及び食塩水で順次洗浄した。カラムクロマトグラフィー(アルミナ、酢酸エチル)により精製を行うことによって、式(L1-3-51-4)で表される化合物6.4gを得た。 Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 6.8 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-51-3), 7.5 g of bis(pinacolato)diboron, 3.6 g of potassium acetate, 60 mL of dimethylsulfoxide, [1,1' -Bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]palladium(II) dichloride/dichloromethane adduct (0.5 g) was added, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 90°C for 8 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and brine successively. Purification by column chromatography (alumina, ethyl acetate) gave 6.4 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-51-4).

窒素雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-3-51-5)で表される化合物10.0g、L-アスコルビン酸ナトリウム1.0g、ヨウ化銅(I)0.9g、N,N’-ジメチルエチレンジアミン0.7g、アジ化ナトリウム4.6g、ジメチルスルホキシド100mL、水20mLを加えた。15℃で、式(L1-3-51-6)で表される化合物3.5gをジメチルスルホキシド10mLに溶解させた溶液を滴下し、室温で10時間撹拌した。反応液を28%アンモニア水に注ぎ、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を食塩水で洗浄した。カラムクロマトグラフィー(アルミナ、酢酸エチル)により精製を行うことによって、式(L1-3-51-7)で表される化合物4.7gを得た。 Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 10.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-51-5), 1.0 g of sodium L-ascorbate, 0.9 g of copper (I) iodide, N,N'- 0.7 g of dimethylethylenediamine, 4.6 g of sodium azide, 100 mL of dimethylsulfoxide and 20 mL of water were added. A solution prepared by dissolving 3.5 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-51-6) in 10 mL of dimethylsulfoxide was added dropwise at 15° C. and stirred at room temperature for 10 hours. The reaction solution was poured into 28% aqueous ammonia and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine. Purification by column chromatography (alumina, ethyl acetate) gave 4.7 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-51-7).

窒素雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-3-51-7)で表される化合物4.7g、式(L1-3-51-4)で表される化合物5.7g、炭酸カリウム3.7g、テトラヒドロフラン60mL、水60mL、テトラキス(トリフェニルホスフィン)パラジウム(0)0.3gを加え、15時間加熱還流させた。反応液を水に注ぎ、ジクロロメタンで抽出した。有機層を水及び食塩水で順次洗浄した。カラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル、ジクロロメタン/酢酸エチル)により精製を行うことによって、式(L1-3-51)で表される化合物4.7gを得た。
LC-MS:381[M+1]
(実施例12)式(L1-3-70)で表される化合物の製造
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 4.7 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-51-7), 5.7 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-51-4), and 3.7 g of potassium carbonate were placed in a reaction vessel. , 60 mL of tetrahydrofuran, 60 mL of water, and 0.3 g of tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) were added, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 15 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with water and brine successively. Purification by column chromatography (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate) gave 4.7 g of the compound represented by formula (L1-3-51).
LC-MS: 381 [M+1]
(Example 12) Production of compound represented by formula (L1-3-70)

Figure 0007172393000221
Figure 0007172393000221

窒素雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-3-70-1)で表される化合物10.0g、式(L1-3-70-2)で表される化合物6.0g、2-ジシクロヘキシルホスフィノ-2’,4’,6’-トリイソプロピルビフェニル(XPhos)0.5g、ナトリウムtert-ブトキシド5.1g、トルエン50mL、酢酸パラジウム(II)0.1gを加え、5時間加熱還流させた。反応液を水に注ぎ、ジクロロメタンで抽出した。有機層を食塩水で洗浄し、カラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル、ジクロロメタン/酢酸エチル)により精製を行うことによって、式(L1-3-70-3)で表される化合物8.0gを得た。 Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 10.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-70-1), 6.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-70-2), and 2-dicyclohexylphosphino were placed in a reaction vessel. 0.5 g of -2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl (XPhos), 5.1 g of sodium tert-butoxide, 50 mL of toluene and 0.1 g of palladium(II) acetate were added, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 5 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with brine and purified by column chromatography (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate) to obtain 8.0 g of the compound represented by formula (L1-3-70-3).

窒素雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-3-70-3)で表される化合物8.0g、ビス(ピナコラト)ジボロン7.5g、酢酸カリウム3.6g、ジメチルスルホキシド60mL、[1,1’-ビス(ジフェニルホスフィノ)フェロセン]パラジウム(II)ジクロリド ジクロロメタン付加物0.5gを加え、90℃で8時間加熱撹拌した。反応液を水に注ぎ、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を水及び食塩水で順次洗浄した。カラムクロマトグラフィー(アルミナ、酢酸エチル)により精製を行うことによって、式(L1-3-70-4)で表される化合物7.3gを得た。 Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 8.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-70-3), 7.5 g of bis(pinacolato)diboron, 3.6 g of potassium acetate, 60 mL of dimethyl sulfoxide, [1,1' -Bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]palladium(II) dichloride/dichloromethane adduct (0.5 g) was added, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 90°C for 8 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and brine successively. Purification by column chromatography (alumina, ethyl acetate) gave 7.3 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-70-4).

実施例10と同様の方法によって、式(L1-3-70-6)で表される化合物を製造した。窒素雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-3-70-6)で表される化合物5.9g、式(L1-3-70-4)で表される化合物7.3g、炭酸カリウム4.1g、テトラヒドロフラン60mL、水60mL、テトラキス(トリフェニルホスフィン)パラジウム(0)0.3gを加え、15時間加熱還流させた。反応液を水に注ぎ、ジクロロメタンで抽出した。有機層を水及び食塩水で順次洗浄した。カラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル、ジクロロメタン/酢酸エチル)により精製を行うことによって、式(L1-3-70)で表される化合物5.5gを得た。
LC-MS:461[M+1]
(実施例13)式(L1-4-5)で表される化合物の製造
A compound represented by the formula (L1-3-70-6) was prepared by a method similar to that of Example 10. Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 5.9 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-70-6), 7.3 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-70-4), and 4.1 g of potassium carbonate were placed in a reaction vessel. , 60 mL of tetrahydrofuran, 60 mL of water, and 0.3 g of tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) were added, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 15 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with water and brine successively. Purification by column chromatography (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate) gave 5.5 g of the compound represented by formula (L1-3-70).
LC-MS: 461 [M+1]
(Example 13) Production of compound represented by formula (L1-4-5)

Figure 0007172393000222
Figure 0007172393000222

窒素雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-4-5-1)で表される化合物10.0g、L-アスコルビン酸ナトリウム1.0g、ヨウ化銅(I)0.9g、N,N’-ジメチルエチレンジアミン0.7g、アジ化ナトリウム3.4g、ジメチルスルホキシド100mL、水20mLを加えた。15℃で、式(L1-4-5-2)で表される化合物5.8gをジメチルスルホキシド10mLに溶解させた溶液を滴下し、室温で10時間撹拌した。反応液を28%アンモニア水に注ぎ、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を食塩水で洗浄した。カラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル、ジクロロメタン/酢酸エチル)により精製を行うことによって、式(L1-4-5-3)で表される化合物4.9gを得た。 Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 10.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-4-5-1), 1.0 g of sodium L-ascorbate, 0.9 g of copper (I) iodide, N,N'- 0.7 g of dimethylethylenediamine, 3.4 g of sodium azide, 100 mL of dimethylsulfoxide and 20 mL of water were added. A solution prepared by dissolving 5.8 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-4-5-2) in 10 mL of dimethylsulfoxide was added dropwise at 15° C. and stirred at room temperature for 10 hours. The reaction solution was poured into 28% aqueous ammonia and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine. Purification by column chromatography (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate) gave 4.9 g of the compound represented by formula (L1-4-5-3).

窒素雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-4-5-3)で表される化合物4.9g、式(L1-4-5-4)で表される化合物1.8g、2-ジシクロヘキシルホスフィノ-2’,4’,6’-トリイソプロピルビフェニル(XPhos)0.3g、ナトリウムtert-ブトキシド2.5g、トルエン50mL、酢酸パラジウム(II)0.1gを加え、5時間加熱還流させた。反応液を水に注ぎ、ジクロロメタンで抽出した。有機層を食塩水で洗浄し、カラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル、ジクロロメタン/酢酸エチル)により精製を行うことによって、式(L1-4-5)で表される化合物2.5gを得た。
LC-MS:287[M+1]
(実施例14)式(L1-4-47)で表される化合物の製造
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 4.9 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-4-5-3), 1.8 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-4-5-4), and 2-dicyclohexylphosphino were placed in a reaction vessel. 0.3 g of -2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl (XPhos), 2.5 g of sodium tert-butoxide, 50 mL of toluene and 0.1 g of palladium(II) acetate were added, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 5 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with brine and purified by column chromatography (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate) to obtain 2.5 g of the compound represented by formula (L1-4-5).
LC-MS: 287 [M+1]
(Example 14) Production of compound represented by formula (L1-4-47)

Figure 0007172393000223
Figure 0007172393000223

窒素雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-4-47-1)で表される化合物10.0g、式(L1-4-47-2)で表される化合物5.9g、2-ジシクロヘキシルホスフィノ-2’,4’,6’-トリイソプロピルビフェニル(XPhos)0.5g、ナトリウムtert-ブトキシド5.1g、トルエン80mL、酢酸パラジウム(II)0.2gを加え、5時間加熱還流させた。反応液を水に注ぎ、ジクロロメタンで抽出した。有機層を食塩水で洗浄し、カラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル、ジクロロメタン/酢酸エチル)により精製を行うことによって、式(L1-4-47-3)で表される化合物8.0gを得た。 Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 10.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-4-47-1), 5.9 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-4-47-2), and 2-dicyclohexylphosphino were placed in a reaction vessel. 0.5 g of -2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl (XPhos), 5.1 g of sodium tert-butoxide, 80 mL of toluene and 0.2 g of palladium(II) acetate were added, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 5 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with brine and purified by column chromatography (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate) to obtain 8.0 g of the compound represented by formula (L1-4-47-3).

窒素雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-4-47-3)で表される化合物8.0g、ビス(ピナコラト)ジボロン7.5g、酢酸カリウム3.6g、ジメチルスルホキシド60mL、[1,1’-ビス(ジフェニルホスフィノ)フェロセン]パラジウム(II)ジクロリド ジクロロメタン付加物0.5gを加え、90℃で8時間加熱撹拌した。反応液を水に注ぎ、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を水及び食塩水で順次洗浄した。カラムクロマトグラフィー(アルミナ、酢酸エチル)により精製を行うことによって、式(L1-4-47-4)で表される化合物7.3gを得た。 Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 8.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-4-47-3), 7.5 g of bis(pinacolato)diboron, 3.6 g of potassium acetate, 60 mL of dimethylsulfoxide, [1,1' -Bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]palladium(II) dichloride/dichloromethane adduct (0.5 g) was added, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 90°C for 8 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and brine successively. Purification by column chromatography (alumina, ethyl acetate) gave 7.3 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-4-47-4).

窒素雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-4-47-5)で表される化合物10.0g、L-アスコルビン酸ナトリウム1.0g、ヨウ化銅(I)0.9g、N,N’-ジメチルエチレンジアミン0.7g、アジ化ナトリウム4.6g、ジメチルスルホキシド100mL、水20mLを加えた。15℃で、式(L1-4-47-6)で表される化合物4.3gをジメチルスルホキシド10mLに溶解させた溶液を滴下し、室温で10時間撹拌した。反応液を28%アンモニア水に注ぎ、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を食塩水で洗浄した。カラムクロマトグラフィー(アルミナ、酢酸エチル)により精製を行うことによって、式(L1-4-47-7)で表される化合物6.9gを得た。 Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 10.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-4-47-5), 1.0 g of sodium L-ascorbate, 0.9 g of copper (I) iodide, N,N'- 0.7 g of dimethylethylenediamine, 4.6 g of sodium azide, 100 mL of dimethylsulfoxide and 20 mL of water were added. A solution prepared by dissolving 4.3 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-4-47-6) in 10 mL of dimethylsulfoxide was added dropwise at 15° C. and stirred at room temperature for 10 hours. The reaction solution was poured into 28% aqueous ammonia and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine. Purification by column chromatography (alumina, ethyl acetate) gave 6.9 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-4-47-7).

窒素雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-4-47-7)で表される化合物6.9g、式(L1-4-47-4)で表される化合物9.1g、炭酸カリウム5.1g、テトラヒドロフラン60mL、水60mL、テトラキス(トリフェニルホスフィン)パラジウム(0)0.3gを加え、15時間加熱還流させた。反応液を水に注ぎ、ジクロロメタンで抽出した。有機層を水及び食塩水で順次洗浄した。カラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル、ジクロロメタン/酢酸エチル)により精製を行うことによって、式(L1-4-47)で表される化合物7.7gを得た。
LC-MS:443[M+1]
(実施例15)式(L1-5-4)で表される化合物の製造
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 6.9 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-4-47-7), 9.1 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-4-47-4), and 5.1 g of potassium carbonate were placed in a reaction vessel. , 60 mL of tetrahydrofuran, 60 mL of water, and 0.3 g of tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) were added, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 15 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with water and brine successively. Purification by column chromatography (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate) gave 7.7 g of the compound represented by formula (L1-4-47).
LC-MS: 443 [M+1]
(Example 15) Production of compound represented by formula (L1-5-4)

Figure 0007172393000224
Figure 0007172393000224

窒素雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-5-4-1)で表される化合物10.0g、L-アスコルビン酸ナトリウム1.0g、ヨウ化銅(I)0.9g、N,N’-ジメチルエチレンジアミン0.7g、アジ化ナトリウム4.6g、ジメチルスルホキシド100mL、水20mLを加えた。15℃で、式(L1-5-4-2)で表される化合物4.3gをジメチルスルホキシド10mLに溶解させた溶液を滴下し、室温で10時間撹拌した。反応液を28%アンモニア水に注ぎ、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を食塩水で洗浄した。カラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル、ジクロロメタン/酢酸エチル)により精製を行うことによって、式(L1-5-4-3)で表される化合物6.9gを得た。 Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 10.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-5-4-1), 1.0 g of sodium L-ascorbate, 0.9 g of copper (I) iodide, N,N'- 0.7 g of dimethylethylenediamine, 4.6 g of sodium azide, 100 mL of dimethylsulfoxide and 20 mL of water were added. A solution prepared by dissolving 4.3 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-5-4-2) in 10 mL of dimethylsulfoxide was added dropwise at 15° C. and stirred at room temperature for 10 hours. The reaction solution was poured into 28% aqueous ammonia and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine. Purification by column chromatography (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate) gave 6.9 g of the compound represented by formula (L1-5-4-3).

窒素雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-5-4-3)で表される化合物6.9g、式(L1-5-4-4)で表される化合物4.6g、2-ジシクロヘキシルホスフィノ-2’,4’,6’-トリイソプロピルビフェニル(XPhos)0.5g、ナトリウムtert-ブトキシド3.6g、トルエン50mL、酢酸パラジウム(II)0.1gを加え、5時間加熱還流させた。反応液を水に注ぎ、ジクロロメタンで抽出した。有機層を食塩水で洗浄し、カラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル、ジクロロメタン/酢酸エチル)により精製を行うことによって、式(L1-5-4)で表される化合物6.4gを得た。
LC-MS:271[M+1]
(実施例16)式(L1-5-11)で表される化合物の製造
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 6.9 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-5-4-3), 4.6 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-5-4-4), and 2-dicyclohexylphosphino were placed in a reaction vessel. 0.5 g of -2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl (XPhos), 3.6 g of sodium tert-butoxide, 50 mL of toluene, and 0.1 g of palladium(II) acetate were added and heated under reflux for 5 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with brine and purified by column chromatography (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate) to obtain 6.4 g of the compound represented by formula (L1-5-4).
LC-MS: 271 [M+1]
(Example 16) Production of compound represented by formula (L1-5-11)

Figure 0007172393000225
Figure 0007172393000225

実施例15と同様の方法によって、式(L1-5-11-3)で表される化合物を製造した。窒素雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-5-11-3)で表される化合物6.9g、式(L1-5-11-4)で表される化合物4.6g、2-ジシクロヘキシルホスフィノ-2’,4’,6’-トリイソプロピルビフェニル(XPhos)0.5g、ナトリウムtert-ブトキシド3.6g、トルエン50mL、酢酸パラジウム(II)0.1gを加え、5時間加熱還流させた。反応液を水に注ぎ、ジクロロメタンで抽出した。有機層を食塩水で洗浄し、カラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル、ジクロロメタン/酢酸エチル)により精製を行うことによって、式(L1-5-11)で表される化合物6.4gを得た。
LC-MS:369[M+1]
(実施例17)式(L1-5-27)で表される化合物の製造
A compound represented by the formula (L1-5-11-3) was prepared by a method similar to that of Example 15. Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 6.9 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-5-11-3), 4.6 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-5-11-4), and 2-dicyclohexylphosphino were placed in a reaction vessel. 0.5 g of -2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl (XPhos), 3.6 g of sodium tert-butoxide, 50 mL of toluene, and 0.1 g of palladium(II) acetate were added and heated under reflux for 5 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with brine and purified by column chromatography (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate) to obtain 6.4 g of the compound represented by formula (L1-5-11).
LC-MS: 369 [M+1]
(Example 17) Production of compound represented by formula (L1-5-27)

Figure 0007172393000226
Figure 0007172393000226

窒素雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-5-27-1)で表される化合物10.0g、式(L1-5-27-2)で表される化合物7.7g、2-ジシクロヘキシルホスフィノ-2’,4’,6’-トリイソプロピルビフェニル(XPhos)0.5g、ナトリウムtert-ブトキシド5.1g、トルエン50mL、酢酸パラジウム(II)0.1gを加え、5時間加熱還流させた。反応液を水に注ぎ、ジクロロメタンで抽出した。有機層を食塩水で洗浄し、カラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル、ジクロロメタン/酢酸エチル)により精製を行うことによって、式(L1-5-27-3)で表される化合物8.7gを得た。 Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 10.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-5-27-1), 7.7 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-5-27-2), and 2-dicyclohexylphosphino were placed in a reaction vessel. 0.5 g of -2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl (XPhos), 5.1 g of sodium tert-butoxide, 50 mL of toluene and 0.1 g of palladium(II) acetate were added, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 5 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with brine and purified by column chromatography (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate) to obtain 8.7 g of the compound represented by formula (L1-5-27-3).

窒素雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-5-27-3)で表される化合物8.7g、ビス(ピナコラト)ジボロン7.5g、酢酸カリウム3.3g、ジメチルスルホキシド100mL、[1,1’-ビス(ジフェニルホスフィノ)フェロセン]パラジウム(II)ジクロリド ジクロロメタン付加物0.5gを加え、90℃で8時間加熱撹拌した。反応液を水に注ぎ、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を水及び食塩水で順次洗浄した。カラムクロマトグラフィー(アルミナ、酢酸エチル)により精製を行うことによって、式(L1-5-27-4)で表される化合物7.9gを得た。 Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 8.7 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-5-27-3), 7.5 g of bis(pinacolato)diboron, 3.3 g of potassium acetate, 100 mL of dimethylsulfoxide, [1,1' -Bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]palladium(II) dichloride/dichloromethane adduct (0.5 g) was added, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 90°C for 8 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and brine successively. Purification by column chromatography (alumina, ethyl acetate) gave 7.9 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-5-27-4).

実施例15と同様の方法によって、式(L1-5-27-7)で表される化合物を製造した。窒素雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-5-27-7)で表される化合物5.5g、式(L1-5-27-4)で表される化合物7.9g、炭酸カリウム4.1g、テトラヒドロフラン50mL、水50mL、テトラキス(トリフェニルホスフィン)パラジウム(0)0.2gを加え、10時間加熱還流させた。反応液を水に注ぎ、ジクロロメタンで抽出した。有機層を水及び食塩水で順次洗浄した。カラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル、ジクロロメタン/酢酸エチル)及び再結晶(ジクロロメタン/ヘキサン)により精製を行うことによって、式(L1-5-27)で表される化合物6.5gを得た。
LC-MS:473[M+1]
(実施例18から実施例52)
実施例1において、式(L1-1-11-1)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-1-x-1)で表される化合物に、式(L1-1-11-4)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-1-x-4)で表される化合物に置き換えた以外は同様の方法によって、下表の式(L1-1-x)で表される化合物を製造した。
A compound represented by the formula (L1-5-27-7) was prepared by a method similar to that of Example 15. Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 5.5 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-5-27-7), 7.9 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-5-27-4), and 4.1 g of potassium carbonate were placed in a reaction vessel. , 50 mL of tetrahydrofuran, 50 mL of water, and 0.2 g of tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) were added, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 10 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with water and brine successively. Purification by column chromatography (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate) and recrystallization (dichloromethane/hexane) gave 6.5 g of the compound of formula (L1-5-27).
LC-MS: 473 [M+1]
(Examples 18 to 52)
In Example 1, the compound represented by the formula (L1-1-11-1) was converted to the compound represented by the formula (L1-1-x-1) in the table below, and the compound represented by the formula (L1-1-11-4 ) in the same manner except that the compound represented by the formula (L1-1-x-4) in the table below is replaced with the compound represented by the formula (L1-1-x) in the table below compound was prepared.

Figure 0007172393000227
Figure 0007172393000227

Figure 0007172393000228
Figure 0007172393000228

Figure 0007172393000229
Figure 0007172393000229

Figure 0007172393000230
Figure 0007172393000230

Figure 0007172393000231
Figure 0007172393000231

Figure 0007172393000232
Figure 0007172393000232

Figure 0007172393000233
Figure 0007172393000233

Figure 0007172393000234
Figure 0007172393000234

Figure 0007172393000235
Figure 0007172393000235

Figure 0007172393000236
Figure 0007172393000236

Figure 0007172393000237
Figure 0007172393000237

(実施例53から実施例55)
実施例2において、式(L1-1-3-1)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-1-x-1)で表される化合物に、式(L1-1-3-3)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-1-x-3)で表される化合物に、式(L1-1-3-6)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-1-x-6)で表される化合物に置き換えた以外は同様の方法によって、下表の式(L1-1-x)で表される化合物を製造した。
(Examples 53 to 55)
In Example 2, the compound represented by the formula (L1-1-3-1) was converted to the compound represented by the formula (L1-1-x-1) in the table below, and the compound represented by the formula (L1-1-3-3 ) to the compound represented by the formula (L1-1-x-3) in the table below, the compound represented by the formula (L1-1-3-6) in the table below (L1- A compound represented by the formula (L1-1-x) in the table below was produced in the same manner except that the compound represented by 1-x-6) was substituted.

Figure 0007172393000238
Figure 0007172393000238

Figure 0007172393000239
Figure 0007172393000239

(実施例56から実施例94)
実施例3において、式(L1-1-27-1)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-1-x-1)で表される化合物に、式(L1-1-27-2)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-1-x-2)で表される化合物に、式(L1-1-27-5)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-1-x-5)で表される化合物に置き換えた以外は同様の方法によって、下表の式(L1-1-x)で表される化合物を製造した。
(Examples 56 to 94)
In Example 3, the compound represented by the formula (L1-1-27-1) was converted to the compound represented by the formula (L1-1-x-1) in the table below, and the compound represented by the formula (L1-1-27-2 ) to the compound represented by the formula (L1-1-x-2) in the table below, the compound represented by the formula (L1-1-27-5) in the table below (L1- A compound represented by the formula (L1-1-x) shown in the table below was prepared by the same method except that the compound represented by 1-x-5) was substituted.

Figure 0007172393000240
Figure 0007172393000240

Figure 0007172393000241
Figure 0007172393000241

Figure 0007172393000242
Figure 0007172393000242

Figure 0007172393000243
Figure 0007172393000243

Figure 0007172393000244
Figure 0007172393000244

Figure 0007172393000245
Figure 0007172393000245

Figure 0007172393000246
Figure 0007172393000246

Figure 0007172393000247
Figure 0007172393000247

Figure 0007172393000248
Figure 0007172393000248

Figure 0007172393000249
Figure 0007172393000249

Figure 0007172393000250
Figure 0007172393000250

Figure 0007172393000251
Figure 0007172393000251

Figure 0007172393000252
Figure 0007172393000252

(実施例95から実施例114)
実施例4において、式(L1-2-5-3)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-2-x-3)で表される化合物に、式(L1-2-5-5)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-2-x-5)で表される化合物に、式(L1-2-5-7)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-2-x-7)で表される化合物に置き換えた以外は同様の方法によって、下表の式(L1-2-x)で表される化合物を製造した。
(Examples 95 to 114)
In Example 4, the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-5-3) was converted to the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-x-3) in the table below, and the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-5-5 ) to the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-x-5) in the table below, the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-5-7) in the table below (L1- A compound represented by the formula (L1-2-x) in the table below was prepared by the same method except that the compound represented by 2-x-7) was substituted.

Figure 0007172393000253
Figure 0007172393000253

Figure 0007172393000254
Figure 0007172393000254

Figure 0007172393000255
Figure 0007172393000255

Figure 0007172393000256
Figure 0007172393000256

Figure 0007172393000257
Figure 0007172393000257

Figure 0007172393000258
Figure 0007172393000258

(実施例115から実施例118)
実施例4において、式(L1-2-5-1)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-2-x-1)で表される化合物に、式(L1-2-5-5)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-2-x-5)で表される化合物に、式(L1-2-5-7)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-2-x-7)で表される化合物に置き換えた以外は同様の方法によって、下表の式(L1-2-x)で表される化合物を製造した。
(Examples 115 to 118)
In Example 4, the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-5-1) was converted to the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-x-1) in the table below, and the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-5-5 ) to the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-x-5) in the table below, the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-5-7) in the table below (L1- A compound represented by the formula (L1-2-x) in the table below was prepared by the same method except that the compound represented by 2-x-7) was substituted.

Figure 0007172393000259
Figure 0007172393000259

Figure 0007172393000260
Figure 0007172393000260

(実施例119から実施例121)
実施例5において、式(L1-2-6-1)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-2-x-1)で表される化合物に、式(L1-2-6-3)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-2-x-3)で表される化合物に置き換えた以外は同様の方法によって、下表の式(L1-2-x)で表される化合物を製造した。
(Examples 119 to 121)
In Example 5, the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-6-1) was converted to the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-x-1) in the table below, and the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-6-3 ) in the same manner except that the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-x-3) in the table below is replaced with the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-x) in the table below compound was prepared.

Figure 0007172393000261
Figure 0007172393000261

Figure 0007172393000262
Figure 0007172393000262

(実施例122から実施例148)
実施例7において、式(L1-2-29-1)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-2-x-1)で表される化合物に、式(L1-2-29-3)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-2-x-3)で表される化合物に、式(L1-2-29-5)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-2-x-5)で表される化合物に置き換えた以外は同様の方法によって、下表の式(L1-2-x)で表される化合物を製造した。
(Examples 122 to 148)
In Example 7, the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-29-1) was converted to the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-x-1) in the table below, and the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-29-3 ) to the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-x-3) in the table below, the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-29-5) in the table below (L1- A compound represented by the formula (L1-2-x) in the table below was prepared by the same method except that the compound represented by 2-x-5) was substituted.

Figure 0007172393000263
Figure 0007172393000263

Figure 0007172393000264
Figure 0007172393000264

Figure 0007172393000265
Figure 0007172393000265

Figure 0007172393000266
Figure 0007172393000266

Figure 0007172393000267
Figure 0007172393000267

Figure 0007172393000268
Figure 0007172393000268

Figure 0007172393000269
Figure 0007172393000269

Figure 0007172393000270
Figure 0007172393000270

Figure 0007172393000271
Figure 0007172393000271

(実施例149から実施例181)
実施例8において、式(L1-3-11-1)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-3-x-1)で表される化合物に、式(L1-3-11-2)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-3-x-2)で表される化合物に、式(L1-3-11-4)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-3-x-4)で表される化合物に置き換えた以外は同様の方法によって、下表の式(L1-3-x)で表される化合物を製造した。
(Examples 149 to 181)
In Example 8, the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-11-1) was converted to the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-x-1) in the table below, and the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-11-2 ) to the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-x-2) in the table below, the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-11-4) in the table below (L1- A compound represented by the formula (L1-3-x) in the table below was produced in the same manner except that the compound represented by 3-x-4) was substituted.

Figure 0007172393000272
Figure 0007172393000272

Figure 0007172393000273
Figure 0007172393000273

Figure 0007172393000274
Figure 0007172393000274

Figure 0007172393000275
Figure 0007172393000275

Figure 0007172393000276
Figure 0007172393000276

Figure 0007172393000277
Figure 0007172393000277

Figure 0007172393000278
Figure 0007172393000278

Figure 0007172393000279
Figure 0007172393000279

Figure 0007172393000280
Figure 0007172393000280

Figure 0007172393000281
Figure 0007172393000281

Figure 0007172393000282
Figure 0007172393000282

(実施例182から実施例185)
実施例10において、式(L1-3-7-1)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-3-x-1)で表される化合物に、式(L1-3-7-3)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-3-x-3)で表される化合物に置き換えた以外は同様の方法によって、下表の式(L1-3-x)で表される化合物を製造した。
(Examples 182 to 185)
In Example 10, the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-7-1) was converted to the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-x-1) in the table below, and the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-7-3 ) in the same manner except that the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-x-3) in the table below is replaced with the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-x) in the table below compound was prepared.

Figure 0007172393000283
Figure 0007172393000283

Figure 0007172393000284
Figure 0007172393000284

(実施例186から実施例220)
実施例11において、式(L1-3-51-3)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-3-x-3)で表される化合物に、式(L1-3-51-5)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-3-x-5)で表される化合物に、式(L1-3-51-6)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-3-x-6)で表される化合物に置き換えた以外は同様の方法によって、下表の式(L1-3-x)で表される化合物を製造した。
(Examples 186 to 220)
In Example 11, the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-51-3) was converted to the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-x-3) in the table below, and the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-51-5 ) to the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-x-5) in the table below, the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-51-6) in the table below (L1- A compound represented by the formula (L1-3-x) in the table below was prepared by the same method except that the compound represented by 3-x-6) was substituted.

Figure 0007172393000285
Figure 0007172393000285

Figure 0007172393000286
Figure 0007172393000286

Figure 0007172393000287
Figure 0007172393000287

Figure 0007172393000288
Figure 0007172393000288

Figure 0007172393000289
Figure 0007172393000289

Figure 0007172393000290
Figure 0007172393000290

Figure 0007172393000291
Figure 0007172393000291

Figure 0007172393000292
Figure 0007172393000292

Figure 0007172393000293
Figure 0007172393000293

Figure 0007172393000294
Figure 0007172393000294

Figure 0007172393000295
Figure 0007172393000295

(実施例221から実施例223)
実施例12において、式(L1-3-70-1)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-3-x-1)で表される化合物に、式(L1-3-70-2)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-3-x-2)で表される化合物に、式(L1-3-70-5)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-3-x-5)で表される化合物に置き換えた以外は同様の方法によって、下表の式(L1-3-x)で表される化合物を製造した。
(Examples 221 to 223)
In Example 12, the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-70-1) was converted to the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-x-1) in the table below, and the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-70-2 ) to the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-x-2) in the table below, the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-70-5) in the table below (L1- A compound represented by the formula (L1-3-x) in the table below was prepared by the same method except that the compound represented by 3-x-5) was substituted.

Figure 0007172393000296
Figure 0007172393000296

Figure 0007172393000297
Figure 0007172393000297

(実施例224から実施例251)
実施例13において、式(L1-4-5-1)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-4-x-1)で表される化合物に、式(L1-4-5-2)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-4-x-2)で表される化合物に、式(L1-4-5-4)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-4-x-4)で表される化合物に置き換えた以外は同様の方法によって、下表の式(L1-4-x)で表される化合物を製造した。
(Examples 224 to 251)
In Example 13, the compound represented by the formula (L1-4-5-1) was converted to the compound represented by the formula (L1-4-x-1) in the table below, and the compound represented by the formula (L1-4-5-2 ) to the compound represented by the formula (L1-4-x-2) in the table below, the compound represented by the formula (L1-4-5-4) in the table below (L1- A compound represented by the formula (L1-4-x) in the table below was prepared by the same method except that the compound represented by 4-x-4) was substituted.

Figure 0007172393000298
Figure 0007172393000298

Figure 0007172393000299
Figure 0007172393000299

Figure 0007172393000300
Figure 0007172393000300

Figure 0007172393000301
Figure 0007172393000301

Figure 0007172393000302
Figure 0007172393000302

Figure 0007172393000303
Figure 0007172393000303

Figure 0007172393000304
Figure 0007172393000304

Figure 0007172393000305
Figure 0007172393000305

Figure 0007172393000306
Figure 0007172393000306

(実施例252から実施例279)
実施例14において、式(L1-4-47-3)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-4-x-3)で表される化合物に、式(L1-4-47-5)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-4-x-5)で表される化合物に、式(L1-4-47-6)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-4-x-6)で表される化合物に置き換えた以外は同様の方法によって、下表の式(L1-4-x)で表される化合物を製造した。
(Examples 252 to 279)
In Example 14, the compound represented by the formula (L1-4-47-3) was converted to the compound represented by the formula (L1-4-x-3) in the table below, and the compound represented by the formula (L1-4-47-5 ) to the compound represented by the formula (L1-4-x-5) in the table below, the compound represented by the formula (L1-4-47-6) in the table below (L1- A compound represented by the formula (L1-4-x) in the table below was prepared by the same method except that the compound represented by 4-x-6) was substituted.

Figure 0007172393000307
Figure 0007172393000307

Figure 0007172393000308
Figure 0007172393000308

Figure 0007172393000309
Figure 0007172393000309

Figure 0007172393000310
Figure 0007172393000310

Figure 0007172393000311
Figure 0007172393000311

Figure 0007172393000312
Figure 0007172393000312

Figure 0007172393000313
Figure 0007172393000313

Figure 0007172393000314
Figure 0007172393000314

Figure 0007172393000315
Figure 0007172393000315

Figure 0007172393000316
Figure 0007172393000316

Figure 0007172393000317
Figure 0007172393000317

Figure 0007172393000318
Figure 0007172393000318

(実施例280から実施例321)
実施例15において、式(L1-5-4-1)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-5-x-1)で表される化合物に、式(L1-5-4-2)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-5-x-2)で表される化合物に、式(L1-5-4-4)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-5-x-4)で表される化合物に置き換えた以外は同様の方法によって、下表の式(L1-5-x)で表される化合物を製造した。
(Examples 280 to 321)
In Example 15, the compound represented by the formula (L1-5-4-1) was converted to the compound represented by the formula (L1-5-x-1) in the table below, and the compound represented by the formula (L1-5-4-2 ) to the compound represented by the formula (L1-5-x-2) in the table below, the compound represented by the formula (L1-5-4-4) in the table below (L1- A compound represented by the formula (L1-5-x) in the table below was prepared by the same method except that the compound represented by 5-x-4) was substituted.

Figure 0007172393000319
Figure 0007172393000319

Figure 0007172393000320
Figure 0007172393000320

Figure 0007172393000321
Figure 0007172393000321

Figure 0007172393000322
Figure 0007172393000322

Figure 0007172393000323
Figure 0007172393000323

Figure 0007172393000324
Figure 0007172393000324

Figure 0007172393000325
Figure 0007172393000325

Figure 0007172393000326
Figure 0007172393000326

Figure 0007172393000327
Figure 0007172393000327

Figure 0007172393000328
Figure 0007172393000328

Figure 0007172393000329
Figure 0007172393000329

Figure 0007172393000330
Figure 0007172393000330

Figure 0007172393000331
Figure 0007172393000331

Figure 0007172393000332
Figure 0007172393000332

Figure 0007172393000333
Figure 0007172393000333

Figure 0007172393000334
Figure 0007172393000334

Figure 0007172393000335
Figure 0007172393000335

Figure 0007172393000336
Figure 0007172393000336

(実施例322から実施例356)
実施例17において、式(L1-5-27-3)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-5-x-3)で表される化合物に、式(L1-5-27-5)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-5-x-5)で表される化合物に、式(L1-5-27-6)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-5-x-6)で表される化合物に置き換えた以外は同様の方法によって、下表の式(L1-5-x)で表される化合物を製造した。
(Examples 322 to 356)
In Example 17, the compound represented by the formula (L1-5-27-3) was converted to the compound represented by the formula (L1-5-x-3) in the table below, and the compound represented by the formula (L1-5-27-5 ) to the compound represented by the formula (L1-5-x-5) in the table below, the compound represented by the formula (L1-5-27-6) in the table below (L1- A compound represented by the formula (L1-5-x) in the table below was prepared by the same method except that the compound represented by 5-x-6) was substituted.

Figure 0007172393000337
Figure 0007172393000337

Figure 0007172393000338
Figure 0007172393000338

Figure 0007172393000339
Figure 0007172393000339

Figure 0007172393000340
Figure 0007172393000340

Figure 0007172393000341
Figure 0007172393000341

Figure 0007172393000342
Figure 0007172393000342

Figure 0007172393000343
Figure 0007172393000343

Figure 0007172393000344
Figure 0007172393000344

Figure 0007172393000345
Figure 0007172393000345

Figure 0007172393000346
Figure 0007172393000346

Figure 0007172393000347
Figure 0007172393000347

Figure 0007172393000348
Figure 0007172393000348

Figure 0007172393000349
Figure 0007172393000349

Figure 0007172393000350
Figure 0007172393000350

(実施例357)式(I-1-11)で表される化合物の製造 (Example 357) Preparation of compound represented by formula (I-1-11)

Figure 0007172393000351
Figure 0007172393000351

アルゴン雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-1-11)で表される化合物3.0g、塩化イリジウム(III)水和物1.4g、2-エトキシエタノール56mL、イオン交換水18mLを加え、120℃で24時間加熱撹拌した。反応液を水に注ぎ、析出物をろ過した後、水で洗浄した。得られた固体をジクロロメタンに溶解させ、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥させた。溶媒を減圧留去した後、再沈殿(ジクロロメタン/ヘキサン)により精製を行うことによって、式(I-1-11-1)で表される化合物2.6gを得た。 Under an argon atmosphere, 3.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-1-11), 1.4 g of iridium chloride (III) hydrate, 56 mL of 2-ethoxyethanol, and 18 mL of ion-exchanged water were added to the reaction vessel. The mixture was heated and stirred at ℃ for 24 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water, and the precipitate was filtered and washed with water. The solid obtained was dissolved in dichloromethane and dried over sodium sulfate. After distilling off the solvent under reduced pressure, 2.6 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-1-11-1) was obtained by reprecipitation (dichloromethane/hexane) for purification.

アルゴン雰囲気下、反応容器に式(I-1-11-1)で表される化合物2.6g、トリフルオロメタンスルホン酸銀0.8g、式(L1-1-11)で表される化合物4.8g、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル8mLを加え、160℃で60時間加熱撹拌した。反応液をエタノール及び水(4:1)の混合溶媒に注ぎ、析出した固体をろ過した後、混合溶媒で洗浄した。得られた固体をカラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル、ジクロロメタン/酢酸エチル)、再沈殿(ジクロロメタン/ヘキサン)及び昇華により精製を行うことによって、式(I-1-11)で表される化合物1.4gを得た。
LC-MS:1127[M+1]
(実施例358)式(I-1-3)で表される化合物の製造
Under an argon atmosphere, 2.6 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-1-11-1), 0.8 g of silver trifluoromethanesulfonate, and 4.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-1-11) were placed in a reaction vessel. 8 g and 8 mL of diethylene glycol dimethyl ether were added, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 160° C. for 60 hours. The reaction solution was poured into a mixed solvent of ethanol and water (4:1), and the precipitated solid was filtered and washed with the mixed solvent. The resulting solid was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate), reprecipitation (dichloromethane/hexane) and sublimation to obtain 1.4 g of the compound represented by formula (I-1-11). Obtained.
LC-MS: 1127 [M+1]
(Example 358) Preparation of compound represented by formula (I-1-3)

Figure 0007172393000352
Figure 0007172393000352

アルゴン雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-1-3)で表される化合物6.0g、塩化イリジウム(III)水和物2.4g、2-エトキシエタノール97mL、イオン交換水32mLを加え、120℃で24時間加熱撹拌した。反応液を水に注ぎ、析出物をろ過した後、水で洗浄した。得られた固体をジクロロメタンに溶解させ、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥させた。溶媒を減圧留去した後、再沈殿(ジクロロメタン/ヘキサン)により精製を行うことによって、式(I-1-3-1)で表される化合物3.8gを得た。 Under an argon atmosphere, 6.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-1-3), 2.4 g of iridium chloride (III) hydrate, 97 mL of 2-ethoxyethanol, and 32 mL of ion-exchanged water were added to the reaction vessel. The mixture was heated and stirred at ℃ for 24 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water, and the precipitate was filtered and washed with water. The solid obtained was dissolved in dichloromethane and dried over sodium sulfate. After distilling off the solvent under reduced pressure, 3.8 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-1-3-1) was obtained by reprecipitation (dichloromethane/hexane) for purification.

アルゴン雰囲気下、反応容器に式(I-1-3-1)で表される化合物3.8g、トリフルオロメタンスルホン酸銀1.1g、式(L1-1-3)で表される化合物7.2g、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル11mLを加え、160℃で60時間加熱撹拌した。反応液をエタノール及び水(4:1)の混合溶媒に注ぎ、析出した固体をろ過した後、混合溶媒で洗浄した。得られた固体をカラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル、ジクロロメタン/酢酸エチル)、再沈殿(ジクロロメタン/ヘキサン)及び昇華により精製を行うことによって、式(I-1-3)で表される化合物1.0gを得た。
LC-MS:1236[M+1]
(実施例359)式(I-1-27)で表される化合物の製造
Under an argon atmosphere, 3.8 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-1-3-1), 1.1 g of silver trifluoromethanesulfonate, and 7.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-1-3) were placed in a reaction vessel. 2 g and 11 mL of diethylene glycol dimethyl ether were added, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 160° C. for 60 hours. The reaction solution was poured into a mixed solvent of ethanol and water (4:1), and the precipitated solid was filtered and washed with the mixed solvent. The resulting solid was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate), reprecipitation (dichloromethane/hexane) and sublimation to obtain 1.0 g of the compound represented by formula (I-1-3). Obtained.
LC-MS: 1236 [M+1]
(Example 359) Preparation of compound represented by formula (I-1-27)

Figure 0007172393000353
Figure 0007172393000353

アルゴン雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-1-27)で表される化合物4.0g、塩化イリジウム(III)水和物1.5g、2-エトキシエタノール58mL、イオン交換水19mLを加え、120℃で24時間加熱撹拌した。反応液を水に注ぎ、析出物をろ過した後、水で洗浄した。得られた固体をジクロロメタンに溶解させ、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥させた。溶媒を減圧留去した後、再沈殿(ジクロロメタン/ヘキサン)により精製を行うことによって、式(I-1-27-1)で表される化合物3.3gを得た。 Under an argon atmosphere, 4.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-1-27), 1.5 g of iridium chloride (III) hydrate, 58 mL of 2-ethoxyethanol, and 19 mL of ion-exchanged water were added to the reaction vessel. The mixture was heated and stirred at ℃ for 24 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water, and the precipitate was filtered and washed with water. The solid obtained was dissolved in dichloromethane and dried over sodium sulfate. After distilling off the solvent under reduced pressure, 3.3 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-1-27-1) was obtained by reprecipitation (dichloromethane/hexane) for purification.

アルゴン雰囲気下、反応容器に式(I-1-27-1)で表される化合物3.3g、トリフルオロメタンスルホン酸銀0.8g、式(L1-1-27)で表される化合物6.4g、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル10mLを加え、160℃で60時間加熱撹拌した。反応液をエタノール及び水(4:1)の混合溶媒に注ぎ、析出した固体をろ過した後、混合溶媒で洗浄した。得られた固体をカラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル、ジクロロメタン/酢酸エチル)、再沈殿(ジクロロメタン/ヘキサン)及び昇華により精製を行うことによって、式(I-1-27)で表される化合物1.8gを得た。
LC-MS:1355[M+1]
(実施例360)式(I-2-5)で表される化合物の製造
Under an argon atmosphere, 3.3 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-1-27-1), 0.8 g of silver trifluoromethanesulfonate, and 6.3 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-1-27) were placed in a reaction vessel. 4 g and 10 mL of diethylene glycol dimethyl ether were added, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 160° C. for 60 hours. The reaction solution was poured into a mixed solvent of ethanol and water (4:1), and the precipitated solid was filtered and washed with the mixed solvent. The resulting solid was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate), reprecipitation (dichloromethane/hexane) and sublimation to obtain 1.8 g of the compound represented by formula (I-1-27). Obtained.
LC-MS: 1355 [M+1]
(Example 360) Preparation of compound represented by formula (I-2-5)

Figure 0007172393000354
Figure 0007172393000354

アルゴン雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-2-5)で表される化合物7.0g、塩化イリジウム(III)水和物3.0g、2-エトキシエタノール119mL、イオン交換水40mLを加え、120℃で24時間加熱撹拌した。反応液を水に注ぎ、析出物をろ過した後、水で洗浄した。得られた固体をジクロロメタンに溶解させ、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥させた。溶媒を減圧留去した後、再沈殿(ジクロロメタン/ヘキサン)により精製を行うことによって、式(I-2-5-1)で表される化合物3.0gを得た。 Under an argon atmosphere, 7.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-5), 3.0 g of iridium chloride (III) hydrate, 119 mL of 2-ethoxyethanol, and 40 mL of ion-exchanged water were added to the reaction vessel. The mixture was heated and stirred at ℃ for 24 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water, and the precipitate was filtered and washed with water. The solid obtained was dissolved in dichloromethane and dried over sodium sulfate. After distilling off the solvent under reduced pressure, 3.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-2-5-1) was obtained by reprecipitation (dichloromethane/hexane) for purification.

アルゴン雰囲気下、反応容器に式(I-2-5-1)で表される化合物3.0g、トリフルオロメタンスルホン酸銀0.9g、式(L1-2-5)で表される化合物5.6g、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル9mLを加え、160℃で60時間加熱撹拌した。反応液をエタノール及び水(4:1)の混合溶媒に注ぎ、析出した固体をろ過した後、混合溶媒で洗浄した。得られた固体をカラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル、ジクロロメタン/酢酸エチル)、再沈殿(ジクロロメタン/ヘキサン)及び昇華により精製を行うことによって、式(I-2-5)で表される化合物1.2gを得た。
LC-MS:1188[M+1]
(実施例361)式(I-2-6)で表される化合物の製造
Under an argon atmosphere, 3.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-2-5-1), 0.9 g of silver trifluoromethanesulfonate, and 5.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-5) were placed in a reaction vessel. 6 g and 9 mL of diethylene glycol dimethyl ether were added, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 160° C. for 60 hours. The reaction solution was poured into a mixed solvent of ethanol and water (4:1), and the precipitated solid was filtered and washed with the mixed solvent. The resulting solid was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate), reprecipitation (dichloromethane/hexane) and sublimation to obtain 1.2 g of the compound represented by formula (I-2-5). Obtained.
LC-MS: 1188 [M+1]
(Example 361) Preparation of compound represented by formula (I-2-6)

Figure 0007172393000355
Figure 0007172393000355

アルゴン雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-2-6)で表される化合物7.0g、塩化イリジウム(III)水和物2.7g、2-エトキシエタノール108mL、イオン交換水36mLを加え、120℃で24時間加熱撹拌した。反応液を水に注ぎ、析出物をろ過した後、水で洗浄した。得られた固体をジクロロメタンに溶解させ、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥させた。溶媒を減圧留去した後、再沈殿(ジクロロメタン/ヘキサン)により精製を行うことによって、式(I-2-6-1)で表される化合物2.9gを得た。 Under an argon atmosphere, 7.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-6), 2.7 g of iridium chloride (III) hydrate, 108 mL of 2-ethoxyethanol, and 36 mL of ion-exchanged water were added to the reaction vessel. The mixture was heated and stirred at ℃ for 24 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water, and the precipitate was filtered and washed with water. The solid obtained was dissolved in dichloromethane and dried over sodium sulfate. After distilling off the solvent under reduced pressure, 2.9 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-2-6-1) was obtained by reprecipitation (dichloromethane/hexane) for purification.

アルゴン雰囲気下、反応容器に式(I-2-6-1)で表される化合物2.9g、トリフルオロメタンスルホン酸銀0.8g、式(L1-2-6)で表される化合物5.6g、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル9mLを加え、160℃で60時間加熱撹拌した。反応液をエタノール及び水(4:1)の混合溶媒に注ぎ、析出した固体をろ過した後、混合溶媒で洗浄した。得られた固体をカラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル、ジクロロメタン/酢酸エチル)、再沈殿(ジクロロメタン/ヘキサン)及び昇華により精製を行うことによって、式(I-2-6)で表される化合物1.2gを得た。
LC-MS:1284[M+1]
(実施例362)式(I-2-20)で表される化合物の製造
Under an argon atmosphere, 2.9 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-2-6-1), 0.8 g of silver trifluoromethanesulfonate, and 5.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-6) were placed in a reaction vessel. 6 g and 9 mL of diethylene glycol dimethyl ether were added, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 160° C. for 60 hours. The reaction solution was poured into a mixed solvent of ethanol and water (4:1), and the precipitated solid was filtered and washed with the mixed solvent. The resulting solid was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate), reprecipitation (dichloromethane/hexane) and sublimation to obtain 1.2 g of the compound represented by formula (I-2-6). Obtained.
LC-MS: 1284 [M+1]
(Example 362) Preparation of compound represented by formula (I-2-20)

Figure 0007172393000356
Figure 0007172393000356

アルゴン雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-2-20)で表される化合物10.0g、塩化イリジウム(III)水和物2.8g、2-エトキシエタノール113mL、イオン交換水38mLを加え、120℃で24時間加熱撹拌した。反応液を水に注ぎ、析出物をろ過した後、水で洗浄した。得られた固体をジクロロメタンに溶解させ、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥させた。溶媒を減圧留去した後、再沈殿(ジクロロメタン/ヘキサン)により精製を行うことによって、式(I-2-20-1)で表される化合物5.9gを得た。 Under an argon atmosphere, 10.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-20), 2.8 g of iridium chloride (III) hydrate, 113 mL of 2-ethoxyethanol, and 38 mL of ion-exchanged water were added to the reaction vessel. The mixture was heated and stirred at ℃ for 24 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water, and the precipitate was filtered and washed with water. The solid obtained was dissolved in dichloromethane and dried over sodium sulfate. After distilling off the solvent under reduced pressure, 5.9 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-2-20-1) was obtained by reprecipitation (dichloromethane/hexane) for purification.

アルゴン雰囲気下、反応容器に式(I-2-20-1)で表される化合物5.9g、トリフルオロメタンスルホン酸銀1.2g、式(L1-2-20)で表される化合物12.0g、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル18mLを加え、160℃で60時間加熱撹拌した。反応液をエタノール及び水(4:1)の混合溶媒に注ぎ、析出した固体をろ過した後、混合溶媒で洗浄した。得られた固体をカラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル、ジクロロメタン/酢酸エチル)、再沈殿(ジクロロメタン/ヘキサン)及び昇華により精製を行うことによって、式(I-2-20)で表される化合物0.8gを得た。
LC-MS:1692[M+1]
(実施例363)式(I-2-29)で表される化合物の製造
Under an argon atmosphere, 5.9 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-2-20-1), 1.2 g of silver trifluoromethanesulfonate, and 12.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-20) were placed in a reaction vessel. 0 g and 18 mL of diethylene glycol dimethyl ether were added, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 160° C. for 60 hours. The reaction solution was poured into a mixed solvent of ethanol and water (4:1), and the precipitated solid was filtered and washed with the mixed solvent. The resulting solid was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate), reprecipitation (dichloromethane/hexane) and sublimation to obtain 0.8 g of the compound represented by formula (I-2-20). Obtained.
LC-MS: 1692 [M+1]
(Example 363) Preparation of compound represented by formula (I-2-29)

Figure 0007172393000357
Figure 0007172393000357

アルゴン雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-2-29)で表される化合物7.0g、塩化イリジウム(III)水和物2.2g、2-エトキシエタノール89mL、イオン交換水30mLを加え、120℃で24時間加熱撹拌した。反応液を水に注ぎ、析出物をろ過した後、水で洗浄した。得られた固体をジクロロメタンに溶解させ、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥させた。溶媒を減圧留去した後、再沈殿(ジクロロメタン/ヘキサン)により精製を行うことによって、式(I-2-29-1)で表される化合物4.2gを得た。 Under an argon atmosphere, 7.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-29), 2.2 g of iridium chloride (III) hydrate, 89 mL of 2-ethoxyethanol, and 30 mL of ion-exchanged water were added to the reaction vessel. The mixture was heated and stirred at ℃ for 24 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water, and the precipitate was filtered and washed with water. The solid obtained was dissolved in dichloromethane and dried over sodium sulfate. After distilling off the solvent under reduced pressure, purification was performed by reprecipitation (dichloromethane/hexane) to obtain 4.2 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-2-29-1).

アルゴン雰囲気下、反応容器に式(I-2-29-1)で表される化合物4.2g、トリフルオロメタンスルホン酸銀1.0g、式(L1-2-29)で表される化合物8.4g、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル13mLを加え、160℃で60時間加熱撹拌した。反応液をエタノール及び水(4:1)の混合溶媒に注ぎ、析出した固体をろ過した後、混合溶媒で洗浄した。得られた固体をカラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル、ジクロロメタン/酢酸エチル)、再沈殿(ジクロロメタン/ヘキサン)及び昇華により精製を行うことによって、式(I-2-29)で表される化合物1.7gを得た。
LC-MS:1518[M+1]
(実施例364)式(I-3-11)で表される化合物の製造
Under an argon atmosphere, 4.2 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-2-29-1), 1.0 g of silver trifluoromethanesulfonate, and 8.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-29) were placed in a reaction vessel. 4 g and 13 mL of diethylene glycol dimethyl ether were added, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 160° C. for 60 hours. The reaction solution was poured into a mixed solvent of ethanol and water (4:1), and the precipitated solid was filtered and washed with the mixed solvent. The resulting solid was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate), reprecipitation (dichloromethane/hexane) and sublimation to obtain 1.7 g of the compound represented by formula (I-2-29). Obtained.
LC-MS: 1518 [M+1]
(Example 364) Preparation of compound represented by formula (I-3-11)

Figure 0007172393000358
Figure 0007172393000358

アルゴン雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-3-11)で表される化合物10.0g、塩化イリジウム(III)水和物3.8g、2-エトキシエタノール153mL、イオン交換水51mLを加え、120℃で24時間加熱撹拌した。反応液を水に注ぎ、析出物をろ過した後、水で洗浄した。得られた固体をジクロロメタンに溶解させ、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥させた。溶媒を減圧留去した後、再沈殿(ジクロロメタン/ヘキサン)により精製を行うことによって、式(I-3-11-1)で表される化合物5.2gを得た。 Under an argon atmosphere, 10.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-11), 3.8 g of iridium chloride (III) hydrate, 153 mL of 2-ethoxyethanol, and 51 mL of ion-exchanged water were added to the reaction vessel. The mixture was heated and stirred at ℃ for 24 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water, and the precipitate was filtered and washed with water. The solid obtained was dissolved in dichloromethane and dried over sodium sulfate. After distilling off the solvent under reduced pressure, 5.2 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-3-11-1) was obtained by reprecipitation (dichloromethane/hexane) for purification.

アルゴン雰囲気下、反応容器に式(I-3-11-1)で表される化合物5.2g、トリフルオロメタンスルホン酸銀1.4g、式(L1-3-11)で表される化合物10.0g、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル16mLを加え、160℃で60時間加熱撹拌した。反応液をエタノール及び水(4:1)の混合溶媒に注ぎ、析出した固体をろ過した後、混合溶媒で洗浄した。得られた固体をカラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル、ジクロロメタン/酢酸エチル)、再沈殿(ジクロロメタン/ヘキサン)及び昇華により精製を行うことによって、式(I-3-11)で表される化合物1.4gを得た。
LC-MS:1296[M+1]
発光極大波長λmax=473nm(励起波長350nm,THF)
CIE(x,y)(THF溶液)=(0.210,0.274)
(実施例365)式(I-3-35)で表される化合物の製造
Under an argon atmosphere, 5.2 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-3-11-1), 1.4 g of silver trifluoromethanesulfonate, and 10.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-11) were placed in a reaction vessel. 0 g and 16 mL of diethylene glycol dimethyl ether were added, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 160° C. for 60 hours. The reaction solution was poured into a mixed solvent of ethanol and water (4:1), and the precipitated solid was filtered and washed with the mixed solvent. The resulting solid was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate), reprecipitation (dichloromethane/hexane) and sublimation to obtain 1.4 g of the compound represented by formula (I-3-11). Obtained.
LC-MS: 1296 [M+1]
Emission maximum wavelength λmax = 473 nm (excitation wavelength 350 nm, THF)
CIE (x, y) (THF solution) = (0.210, 0.274)
(Example 365) Preparation of compound represented by formula (I-3-35)

Figure 0007172393000359
Figure 0007172393000359

アルゴン雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-3-35)で表される化合物5.0g、塩化イリジウム(III)水和物2.6g、2-エトキシエタノール104mL、イオン交換水35mLを加え、120℃で24時間加熱撹拌した。反応液を水に注ぎ、析出物をろ過した後、水で洗浄した。得られた固体をジクロロメタンに溶解させ、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥させた。溶媒を減圧留去した後、再沈殿(ジクロロメタン/ヘキサン)により精製を行うことによって、式(I-3-35-1)で表される化合物2.8gを得た。 Under an argon atmosphere, 5.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-35), 2.6 g of iridium chloride (III) hydrate, 104 mL of 2-ethoxyethanol, and 35 mL of ion-exchanged water were added to the reaction vessel. The mixture was heated and stirred at ℃ for 24 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water, and the precipitate was filtered and washed with water. The solid obtained was dissolved in dichloromethane and dried over sodium sulfate. After distilling off the solvent under reduced pressure, 2.8 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-3-35-1) was obtained by reprecipitation (dichloromethane/hexane) for purification.

アルゴン雰囲気下、反応容器に式(I-3-35-1)で表される化合物2.8g、式(I-3-35-2)で表される化合物1.9g、炭酸カリウム2.6g、2-エトキシエタノール140mLを加え、室温で40時間撹拌した。反応液を水に注ぎ、析出物をろ過した後、水で洗浄した。得られた固体をカラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル、ジクロロメタン/酢酸エチル)、再沈殿(ジクロロメタン/ヘキサン)及び昇華により精製を行うことによって、式(I-3-35)で表される化合物0.8gを得た。
LC-MS:831[M+1]
(実施例366)式(I-3-7)で表される化合物の製造
Under an argon atmosphere, 2.8 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-3-35-1), 1.9 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-3-35-2), and 2.6 g of potassium carbonate were placed in a reaction vessel. , 140 mL of 2-ethoxyethanol was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 40 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water, and the precipitate was filtered and washed with water. The resulting solid was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate), reprecipitation (dichloromethane/hexane) and sublimation to obtain 0.8 g of the compound represented by formula (I-3-35). Obtained.
LC-MS: 831 [M+1]
(Example 366) Preparation of compound represented by formula (I-3-7)

Figure 0007172393000360
Figure 0007172393000360

アルゴン雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-3-7)で表される化合物5.0g、塩化イリジウム(III)水和物1.7g、2-エトキシエタノール66mL、イオン交換水22mLを加え、120℃で24時間加熱撹拌した。反応液を水に注ぎ、析出物をろ過した後、水で洗浄した。得られた固体をジクロロメタンに溶解させ、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥させた。溶媒を減圧留去した後、再沈殿(ジクロロメタン/ヘキサン)により精製を行うことによって、式(I-3-7-1)で表される化合物3.5gを得た。 Under an argon atmosphere, 5.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-7), 1.7 g of iridium chloride (III) hydrate, 66 mL of 2-ethoxyethanol, and 22 mL of ion-exchanged water were added to the reaction vessel. The mixture was heated and stirred at ℃ for 24 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water, and the precipitate was filtered and washed with water. The solid obtained was dissolved in dichloromethane and dried over sodium sulfate. After distilling off the solvent under reduced pressure, 3.5 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-3-7-1) was obtained by reprecipitation (dichloromethane/hexane) for purification.

アルゴン雰囲気下、反応容器に式(I-3-7-1)で表される化合物3.5g、トリフルオロメタンスルホン酸銀0.8g、式(L1-3-7)で表される化合物7.0g、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル11mLを加え、160℃で60時間加熱撹拌した。反応液をエタノール及び水(4:1)の混合溶媒に注ぎ、析出した固体をろ過した後、混合溶媒で洗浄した。得られた固体をカラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル、ジクロロメタン/酢酸エチル)、再沈殿(ジクロロメタン/ヘキサン)及び昇華により精製を行うことによって、式(I-3-7)で表される化合物1.9gを得た。
LC-MS:1470[M+1]
(実施例367)式(I-3-51)で表される化合物の製造
Under an argon atmosphere, 3.5 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-3-7-1), 0.8 g of silver trifluoromethanesulfonate, and 7.5 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-7) were placed in a reaction vessel. 0 g and 11 mL of diethylene glycol dimethyl ether were added, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 160° C. for 60 hours. The reaction solution was poured into a mixed solvent of ethanol and water (4:1), and the precipitated solid was filtered and washed with the mixed solvent. The resulting solid was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate), reprecipitation (dichloromethane/hexane) and sublimation to obtain 1.9 g of the compound represented by formula (I-3-7). Obtained.
LC-MS: 1470 [M+1]
(Example 367) Preparation of compound represented by formula (I-3-51)

Figure 0007172393000361
Figure 0007172393000361

アルゴン雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-3-51)で表される化合物6.0g、塩化イリジウム(III)水和物2.2g、2-エトキシエタノール89mL、イオン交換水30mLを加え、120℃で24時間加熱撹拌した。反応液を水に注ぎ、析出物をろ過した後、水で洗浄した。得られた固体をジクロロメタンに溶解させ、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥させた。溶媒を減圧留去した後、再沈殿(ジクロロメタン/ヘキサン)により精製を行うことによって、式(I-3-51-1)で表される化合物4.4gを得た。 Under an argon atmosphere, 6.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-51), 2.2 g of iridium chloride (III) hydrate, 89 mL of 2-ethoxyethanol, and 30 mL of ion-exchanged water were added to the reaction vessel. The mixture was heated and stirred at ℃ for 24 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water, and the precipitate was filtered and washed with water. The solid obtained was dissolved in dichloromethane and dried over sodium sulfate. After distilling off the solvent under reduced pressure, 4.4 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-3-51-1) was obtained by reprecipitation (dichloromethane/hexane) for purification.

アルゴン雰囲気下、反応容器に式(I-3-51-1)で表される化合物4.4g、トリフルオロメタンスルホン酸銀1.4g、メタノール5mL、ジクロロメタン50mLを加え、室温で30時間撹拌した。析出物をろ過により除去し、溶媒を減圧留去することによって、式(I-3-51-2)で表される化合物2.5gを得た。 Under an argon atmosphere, 4.4 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-3-51-1), 1.4 g of silver trifluoromethanesulfonate, 5 mL of methanol, and 50 mL of dichloromethane were added to the reactor and stirred at room temperature for 30 hours. The precipitate was removed by filtration, and the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain 2.5 g of the compound represented by formula (I-3-51-2).

WO2013/088959A1号公報に記載の方法によって、式(I-3-51-3)で表される化合物を製造した。アルゴン雰囲気下、反応容器に式(I-3-51-2)で表される化合物2.5g、式(I-3-51-3)で表される化合物4.2g、エタノール50mLを加え、120時間加熱還流させた。反応液を水に注ぎ、析出した固体をろ過した後、水で洗浄した。得られた固体をカラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル、ジクロロメタン/酢酸エチル)、再沈殿(ジクロロメタン/ヘキサン)及び昇華により精製を行うことによって、式(I-3-51)で表される化合物0.8gを得た。
LC-MS:1199[M+1]
(実施例368)式(I-3-70)で表される化合物の製造
A compound represented by formula (I-3-51-3) was produced by the method described in WO2013/088959A1. Under an argon atmosphere, 2.5 g of the compound represented by formula (I-3-51-2), 4.2 g of the compound represented by formula (I-3-51-3), and 50 mL of ethanol were added to a reaction vessel, It was heated to reflux for 120 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water, and the precipitated solid was filtered and washed with water. The resulting solid was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate), reprecipitation (dichloromethane/hexane) and sublimation to obtain 0.8 g of the compound represented by formula (I-3-51). Obtained.
LC-MS: 1199 [M+1]
(Example 368) Preparation of compound represented by formula (I-3-70)

Figure 0007172393000362
Figure 0007172393000362

アルゴン雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-3-70)で表される化合物5.0g、ジクロロビス(ベンゾニトリル)白金(II)2.6g、ベンゾニトリル100mLを加え、50時間加熱還流させた。反応液をエタノール及び水(4:1)の混合溶媒に注ぎ、析出した固体をろ過した後、混合溶媒で洗浄した。得られた固体をカラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル、ジクロロメタン/酢酸エチル)、再沈殿(ジクロロメタン/ヘキサン)及び昇華により精製を行うことによって、式(I-3-70)で表される化合物1.9gを得た。
LC-MS:1114[M+1]
(実施例369)式(I-4-5)で表される化合物の製造
Under an argon atmosphere, 5.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-70), 2.6 g of dichlorobis(benzonitrile)platinum (II), and 100 mL of benzonitrile were added to the reaction vessel and heated under reflux for 50 hours. The reaction solution was poured into a mixed solvent of ethanol and water (4:1), and the precipitated solid was filtered and washed with the mixed solvent. The resulting solid was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate), reprecipitation (dichloromethane/hexane) and sublimation to give 1.9 g of the compound represented by formula (I-3-70). Obtained.
LC-MS: 1114 [M+1]
(Example 369) Preparation of compound represented by formula (I-4-5)

Figure 0007172393000363
Figure 0007172393000363

アルゴン雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-4-5)で表される化合物5.0g、塩化イリジウム(III)水和物2.5g、2-エトキシエタノール99mL、イオン交換水33mLを加え、120℃で24時間加熱撹拌した。反応液を水に注ぎ、析出物をろ過した後、水で洗浄した。得られた固体をジクロロメタンに溶解させ、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥させた。溶媒を減圧留去した後、再沈殿(ジクロロメタン/ヘキサン)により精製を行うことによって、式(I-4-5-1)で表される化合物4.5gを得た。 Under an argon atmosphere, 5.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-4-5), 2.5 g of iridium chloride (III) hydrate, 99 mL of 2-ethoxyethanol, and 33 mL of ion-exchanged water were added to the reaction vessel. The mixture was heated and stirred at ℃ for 24 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water, and the precipitate was filtered and washed with water. The solid obtained was dissolved in dichloromethane and dried over sodium sulfate. After distilling off the solvent under reduced pressure, 4.5 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-4-5-1) was obtained by reprecipitation (dichloromethane/hexane) for purification.

アルゴン雰囲気下、反応容器に式(I-4-5-1)で表される化合物4.5g、トリフルオロメタンスルホン酸銀1.4g、式(L1-4-5)で表される化合物8.0g、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル13mLを加え、160℃で60時間加熱撹拌した。反応液をエタノール及び水(4:1)の混合溶媒に注ぎ、析出した固体をろ過した後、混合溶媒で洗浄した。得られた固体をカラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル、ジクロロメタン/酢酸エチル)、再沈殿(ジクロロメタン/ヘキサン)及び昇華により精製を行うことによって、式(I-4-5)で表される化合物1.8gを得た。
LC-MS:1049[M+1]
(実施例370)式(I-4-47)で表される化合物の製造
Under an argon atmosphere, 4.5 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-4-5-1), 1.4 g of silver trifluoromethanesulfonate, and 8.5 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-4-5) were placed in a reaction vessel. 0 g and 13 mL of diethylene glycol dimethyl ether were added, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 160° C. for 60 hours. The reaction solution was poured into a mixed solvent of ethanol and water (4:1), and the precipitated solid was filtered and washed with the mixed solvent. The resulting solid was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate), reprecipitation (dichloromethane/hexane) and sublimation to obtain 1.8 g of the compound represented by formula (I-4-5). Obtained.
LC-MS: 1049 [M+1]
(Example 370) Preparation of compound represented by formula (I-4-47)

Figure 0007172393000364
Figure 0007172393000364

アルゴン雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-4-47)で表される化合物5.0g、塩化イリジウム(III)水和物1.6g、2-エトキシエタノール64mL、イオン交換水21mLを加え、120℃で24時間加熱撹拌した。反応液を水に注ぎ、析出物をろ過した後、水で洗浄した。得られた固体をジクロロメタンに溶解させ、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥させた。溶媒を減圧留去した後、再沈殿(ジクロロメタン/ヘキサン)により精製を行うことによって、式(I-4-47-1)で表される化合物4.0gを得た。 Under an argon atmosphere, 5.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-4-47), 1.6 g of iridium chloride (III) hydrate, 64 mL of 2-ethoxyethanol, and 21 mL of ion-exchanged water were added to the reaction vessel. The mixture was heated and stirred at ℃ for 24 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water, and the precipitate was filtered and washed with water. The solid obtained was dissolved in dichloromethane and dried over sodium sulfate. After distilling off the solvent under reduced pressure, 4.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-4-47-1) was obtained by reprecipitation (dichloromethane/hexane) for purification.

アルゴン雰囲気下、反応容器に式(I-4-47-1)で表される化合物4.0g、式(I-4-47-2)で表される化合物2.2g、炭酸カリウム2.5g、2-エトキシエタノール200mLを加え、室温で40時間撹拌した。反応液を水に注ぎ、析出物をろ過した後、水で洗浄した。得られた固体をカラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル、ジクロロメタン/酢酸エチル)、再沈殿(ジクロロメタン/ヘキサン)及び昇華により精製を行うことによって、式(I-4-47)で表される化合物1.7gを得た。
LC-MS:1198[M+1]
(実施例371)式(I-5-4)で表される化合物の製造
Under an argon atmosphere, 4.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-4-47-1), 2.2 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-4-47-2), and 2.5 g of potassium carbonate were placed in a reaction vessel. , 200 mL of 2-ethoxyethanol was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 40 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water, and the precipitate was filtered and washed with water. The resulting solid was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate), reprecipitation (dichloromethane/hexane) and sublimation to obtain 1.7 g of the compound represented by formula (I-4-47). Obtained.
LC-MS: 1198 [M+1]
(Example 371) Preparation of compound represented by formula (I-5-4)

Figure 0007172393000365
Figure 0007172393000365

アルゴン雰囲気下、反応容器に式(I-5-4-1)で表される化合物7.0g、塩化イリジウム(III)水和物3.5g、2-エトキシエタノール141mL、イオン交換水47mLを加え、120℃で24時間加熱撹拌した。反応液を水に注ぎ、析出物をろ過した後、水で洗浄した。得られた固体をジクロロメタンに溶解させ、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥させた。溶媒を減圧留去した後、再沈殿(ジクロロメタン/ヘキサン)により精製を行うことによって、式(I-5-4-2)で表される化合物6.3gを得た。 Under an argon atmosphere, 7.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-5-4-1), 3.5 g of iridium chloride (III) hydrate, 141 mL of 2-ethoxyethanol, and 47 mL of ion-exchanged water were added to a reaction vessel. The mixture was heated and stirred at 120° C. for 24 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water, and the precipitate was filtered and washed with water. The solid obtained was dissolved in dichloromethane and dried over sodium sulfate. After distilling off the solvent under reduced pressure, 6.3 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-5-4-2) was obtained by reprecipitation (dichloromethane/hexane) for purification.

アルゴン雰囲気下、反応容器に式(I-5-4-2)で表される化合物6.3g、トリフルオロメタンスルホン酸銀2.1g、式(I-5-4-1)で表される化合物11.2g、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル19mLを加え、160℃で60時間加熱撹拌した。反応液をエタノール及び水(4:1)の混合溶媒に注ぎ、析出した固体をろ過した後、混合溶媒で洗浄した。得られた固体をカラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル、ジクロロメタン/酢酸エチル)及び再沈殿(ジクロロメタン/ヘキサン)により精製を行うことによって、式(I-5-4-3)で表される化合物3.3gを得た。 Under an argon atmosphere, 6.3 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-5-4-2), 2.1 g of silver trifluoromethanesulfonate, and the compound represented by the formula (I-5-4-1) were placed in a reaction vessel. 11.2 g and 19 mL of diethylene glycol dimethyl ether were added, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 160° C. for 60 hours. The reaction solution was poured into a mixed solvent of ethanol and water (4:1), and the precipitated solid was filtered and washed with the mixed solvent. The resulting solid was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate) and reprecipitation (dichloromethane/hexane) to obtain 3.3 g of the compound represented by formula (I-5-4-3). Obtained.

窒素雰囲気下、反応容器に式(I-5-4-3)で表される化合物3.3g、式(I-5-4-4)で表される化合物0.8g、2-ジシクロヘキシルホスフィノ-2’,4’,6’-トリイソプロピルビフェニル(XPhos)0.9g、ナトリウムtert-ブトキシド1.4g、トルエン50mL、酢酸パラジウム(II)0.2gを加え、5時間加熱還流させた。反応液をエタノール及び水(4:1)の混合溶媒に注ぎ、析出した固体をろ過した後、混合溶媒で洗浄した。得られた固体をカラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル、ジクロロメタン/酢酸エチル)、再沈殿(ジクロロメタン/ヘキサン)及び昇華により精製を行うことによって、式(I-5-4)で表される化合物1.6gを得た。
LC-MS:1001[M+1]
発光極大波長λmax=495nm(励起波長350nm,THF)
CIE(x,y)(THF溶液)=(0.236,0.434)
(実施例372)式(I-5-11)で表される化合物の製造
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 3.3 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-5-4-3), 0.8 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-5-4-4), and 2-dicyclohexylphosphino were placed in a reaction vessel. 0.9 g of -2',4',6'-triisopropylbiphenyl (XPhos), 1.4 g of sodium tert-butoxide, 50 mL of toluene and 0.2 g of palladium(II) acetate were added, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 5 hours. The reaction solution was poured into a mixed solvent of ethanol and water (4:1), and the precipitated solid was filtered and washed with the mixed solvent. The resulting solid was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate), reprecipitation (dichloromethane/hexane) and sublimation to obtain 1.6 g of the compound represented by formula (I-5-4). Obtained.
LC-MS: 1001 [M+1]
Emission maximum wavelength λmax = 495 nm (excitation wavelength 350 nm, THF)
CIE (x, y) (THF solution) = (0.236, 0.434)
(Example 372) Preparation of compound represented by formula (I-5-11)

Figure 0007172393000366
Figure 0007172393000366

アルゴン雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-5-11)で表される化合物5.0g、塩化イリジウム(III)水和物1.9g、2-エトキシエタノール77mL、イオン交換水26mLを加え、120℃で24時間加熱撹拌した。反応液を水に注ぎ、析出物をろ過した後、水で洗浄した。得られた固体をジクロロメタンに溶解させ、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥させた。溶媒を減圧留去した後、再沈殿(ジクロロメタン/ヘキサン)により精製を行うことによって、式(I-5-11-1)で表される化合物4.2gを得た。 Under an argon atmosphere, 5.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-5-11), 1.9 g of iridium chloride (III) hydrate, 77 mL of 2-ethoxyethanol, and 26 mL of ion-exchanged water were added to the reaction vessel. The mixture was heated and stirred at ℃ for 24 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water, and the precipitate was filtered and washed with water. The solid obtained was dissolved in dichloromethane and dried over sodium sulfate. After distilling off the solvent under reduced pressure, 4.2 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-5-11-1) was obtained by reprecipitation (dichloromethane/hexane) for purification.

アルゴン雰囲気下、反応容器に式(I-5-11-1)で表される化合物4.2g、トリフルオロメタンスルホン酸銀1.1g、式(L1-5-11)で表される化合物8.0g、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル13mLを加え、160℃で60時間加熱撹拌した。反応液をエタノール及び水(4:1)の混合溶媒に注ぎ、析出した固体をろ過した後、混合溶媒で洗浄した。得られた固体をカラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル、ジクロロメタン/酢酸エチル)、再沈殿(ジクロロメタン/ヘキサン)及び昇華により精製を行うことによって、式(I-5-11)で表される化合物2.2gを得た。
LC-MS:1296[M+1]
発光極大波長λmax=471nm,497nm(励起波長350nm,THF)
CIE(x,y)(THF溶液)=(0.213,0.421)
(実施例373)式(I-5-27)で表される化合物の製造
Under an argon atmosphere, 4.2 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-5-11-1), 1.1 g of silver trifluoromethanesulfonate, and 8.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-5-11) were placed in a reaction vessel. 0 g and 13 mL of diethylene glycol dimethyl ether were added, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 160° C. for 60 hours. The reaction solution was poured into a mixed solvent of ethanol and water (4:1), and the precipitated solid was filtered and washed with the mixed solvent. The resulting solid was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate), reprecipitation (dichloromethane/hexane) and sublimation to obtain 2.2 g of the compound represented by formula (I-5-11). Obtained.
LC-MS: 1296 [M+1]
Emission maximum wavelength λmax = 471 nm, 497 nm (excitation wavelength 350 nm, THF)
CIE (x, y) (THF solution) = (0.213, 0.421)
(Example 373) Preparation of compound represented by formula (I-5-27)

Figure 0007172393000367
Figure 0007172393000367

アルゴン雰囲気下、反応容器に式(L1-5-27)で表される化合物5.0g、塩化イリジウム(III)水和物1.5g、2-エトキシエタノール60mL、イオン交換水20mLを加え、120℃で24時間加熱撹拌した。反応液を水に注ぎ、析出物をろ過した後、水で洗浄した。得られた固体をジクロロメタンに溶解させ、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥させた。溶媒を減圧留去した後、再沈殿(ジクロロメタン/ヘキサン)により精製を行うことによって、式(I-5-27-1)で表される化合物4.0gを得た。 Under an argon atmosphere, 5.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-5-27), 1.5 g of iridium chloride (III) hydrate, 60 mL of 2-ethoxyethanol, and 20 mL of ion-exchanged water were added to the reaction vessel. The mixture was heated and stirred at ℃ for 24 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water, and the precipitate was filtered and washed with water. The solid obtained was dissolved in dichloromethane and dried over sodium sulfate. After distilling off the solvent under reduced pressure, purification was performed by reprecipitation (dichloromethane/hexane) to obtain 4.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-5-27-1).

アルゴン雰囲気下、反応容器に式(I-5-27-1)で表される化合物4.0g、トリフルオロメタンスルホン酸銀0.9g、式(L1-5-27)で表される化合物8.0g、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル12mLを加え、160℃で60時間加熱撹拌した。反応液をエタノール及び水(4:1)の混合溶媒に注ぎ、析出した固体をろ過した後、混合溶媒で洗浄した。得られた固体をカラムクロマトグラフィー(シリカゲル、ジクロロメタン/酢酸エチル)、再沈殿(ジクロロメタン/ヘキサン)及び昇華により精製を行うことによって、式(I-5-27)で表される化合物1.6gを得た。
LC-MS:1608[M+1]
(実施例374から実施例400)
実施例357において、式(L1-1-11)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-1-x)で表される化合物に置き換えた以外は同様の方法によって、下表の式(I-1-x)で表される化合物を製造した。
Under an argon atmosphere, 4.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (I-5-27-1), 0.9 g of silver trifluoromethanesulfonate, and 8.0 g of the compound represented by the formula (L1-5-27) were placed in a reaction vessel. 0 g and 12 mL of diethylene glycol dimethyl ether were added, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 160° C. for 60 hours. The reaction solution was poured into a mixed solvent of ethanol and water (4:1), and the precipitated solid was filtered and washed with the mixed solvent. The resulting solid was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, dichloromethane/ethyl acetate), reprecipitation (dichloromethane/hexane) and sublimation to obtain 1.6 g of the compound represented by formula (I-5-27). Obtained.
LC-MS: 1608 [M+1]
(Examples 374 to 400)
In Example 357, the compound represented by the formula (L1-1-11) in the table below was replaced with the compound represented by the formula (L1-1-x) in the table below by the same method. A compound represented by I-1-x) was prepared.

Figure 0007172393000368
Figure 0007172393000368

Figure 0007172393000369
Figure 0007172393000369

Figure 0007172393000370
Figure 0007172393000370

(実施例401から実施例422)
実施例365において、式(L1-3-35)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-1-x)で表される化合物に、式(I-3-35-2)で表される化合物を下表の式(I-1-x-2)で表される化合物に置き換えた以外は同様の方法によって、下表の式(I-1-x)で表される化合物を製造した。
(Example 401 to Example 422)
In Example 365, the compound represented by formula (L1-3-35) was converted to the compound represented by formula (L1-1-x) in the table below, and the compound represented by formula (I-3-35-2) A compound represented by the formula (I-1-x) in the table below was produced by the same method except that the compound represented by the formula (I-1-x-2) in the table below was substituted. .

Figure 0007172393000371
Figure 0007172393000371

Figure 0007172393000372
Figure 0007172393000372

Figure 0007172393000373
Figure 0007172393000373

Figure 0007172393000374
Figure 0007172393000374

Figure 0007172393000375
Figure 0007172393000375

(実施例423から実施例430)
実施例367において、式(L1-3-51)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-1-x)で表される化合物に、式(I-3-51-3)で表される化合物を下表の式(I-1-x-3)で表される化合物に置き換えた以外は同様の方法によって、下表の式(I-1-x)で表される化合物を製造した。
(Example 423 to Example 430)
In Example 367, the compound represented by formula (L1-3-51) was converted to the compound represented by formula (L1-1-x) in the table below, and the compound represented by formula (I-3-51-3) A compound represented by the formula (I-1-x) in the table below was produced by the same method except that the compound represented by the formula (I-1-x-3) in the table below was substituted. .

Figure 0007172393000376
Figure 0007172393000376

Figure 0007172393000377
Figure 0007172393000377

(実施例431から実施例450)
実施例368において、式(L1-3-70)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-1-x)で表される化合物に置き換えた以外は同様の方法によって、下表の式(I-1-x)で表される化合物を製造した。
(Examples 431 to 450)
In Example 368, the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-70) in the table below was replaced with the compound represented by the formula (L1-1-x) in the table below by the same method. A compound represented by I-1-x) was prepared.

Figure 0007172393000378
Figure 0007172393000378

Figure 0007172393000379
Figure 0007172393000379

(実施例451から実施例476)
実施例357において、式(L1-1-11)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-2-x)で表される化合物に置き換えた以外は同様の方法によって、下表の式(I-2-x)で表される化合物を製造した。
(Examples 451 to 476)
In Example 357, the compound represented by the formula (L1-1-11) in the table below was replaced with the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-x) in the table below by the same method. A compound represented by I-2-x) was prepared.

Figure 0007172393000380
Figure 0007172393000380

Figure 0007172393000381
Figure 0007172393000381

Figure 0007172393000382
Figure 0007172393000382

(実施例477から実施例492)
実施例365において、式(L1-3-35)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-2-x)で表される化合物に、式(I-3-35-2)で表される化合物を下表の式(I-2-x-2)で表される化合物に置き換えた以外は同様の方法によって、下表の式(I-2-x)で表される化合物を製造した。
(Examples 477 to 492)
In Example 365, the compound represented by formula (L1-3-35) was converted to the compound represented by formula (L1-2-x) in the table below, and the compound represented by formula (I-3-35-2) The compound represented by the formula (I-2-x) in the table below was produced in the same manner except that the compound represented by the formula (I-2-x-2) in the table below was substituted. .

Figure 0007172393000383
Figure 0007172393000383

Figure 0007172393000384
Figure 0007172393000384

Figure 0007172393000385
Figure 0007172393000385

Figure 0007172393000386
Figure 0007172393000386

(実施例493から実施例496)
実施例367において、式(L1-3-51)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-2-x)で表される化合物に、式(I-3-51-3)で表される化合物を下表の式(I-2-x-3)で表される化合物に置き換えた以外は同様の方法によって、下表の式(I-2-x)で表される化合物を製造した。
(Examples 493 to 496)
In Example 367, the compound represented by formula (L1-3-51) was converted to the compound represented by formula (L1-2-x) in the table below, and the compound represented by formula (I-3-51-3) A compound represented by the formula (I-2-x) in the table below was produced in the same manner except that the compound represented by the formula (I-2-x-3) in the table below was substituted. .

Figure 0007172393000387
Figure 0007172393000387

(実施例497から実施例506)
実施例368において、式(L1-3-70)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-2-x)で表される化合物に置き換えた以外は同様の方法によって、下表の式(I-2-x)で表される化合物を製造した。
(Examples 497 to 506)
In Example 368, the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-70) was replaced with the compound represented by the formula (L1-2-x) in the table below by the same method to obtain the formula ( A compound represented by I-2-x) was prepared.

Figure 0007172393000388
Figure 0007172393000388

(実施例507から実施例531)
実施例357において、式(L1-1-11)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-3-x)で表される化合物に置き換えた以外は同様の方法によって、下表の式(I-3-x)で表される化合物を製造した。
(Example 507 to Example 531)
In Example 357, the compound represented by the formula (L1-1-11) in the table below was replaced with the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-x) in the table below by the same method. A compound represented by I-3-x) was prepared.

Figure 0007172393000389
Figure 0007172393000389

Figure 0007172393000390
Figure 0007172393000390

Figure 0007172393000391
Figure 0007172393000391

(実施例532から実施例548)
実施例365において、式(L1-3-35)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-3-x)で表される化合物に、式(I-3-35-2)で表される化合物を下表の式(I-3-x-2)で表される化合物に置き換えた以外は同様の方法によって、下表の式(I-3-x)で表される化合物を製造した。
(Examples 532 to 548)
In Example 365, the compound represented by formula (L1-3-35) was converted to the compound represented by formula (L1-3-x) in the table below, and the compound represented by formula (I-3-35-2) A compound represented by the formula (I-3-x) in the table below was produced in the same manner except that the compound represented by the formula (I-3-x-2) in the table below was substituted. .

Figure 0007172393000392
Figure 0007172393000392

Figure 0007172393000393
Figure 0007172393000393

Figure 0007172393000394
Figure 0007172393000394

Figure 0007172393000395
Figure 0007172393000395

(実施例549から実施例559)
実施例367において、式(L1-3-51)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-3-x)で表される化合物に、式(I-3-51-3)で表される化合物を下表の式(I-3-x-3)で表される化合物に置き換えた以外は同様の方法によって、下表の式(I-3-x)で表される化合物を製造した。
(Examples 549 to 559)
In Example 367, the compound represented by formula (L1-3-51) was converted to the compound represented by formula (L1-3-x) in the table below, and the compound represented by formula (I-3-51-3) A compound represented by the formula (I-3-x) in the table below was produced in the same manner except that the compound represented by the formula (I-3-x-3) in the table below was substituted. .

Figure 0007172393000396
Figure 0007172393000396

Figure 0007172393000397
Figure 0007172393000397

Figure 0007172393000398
Figure 0007172393000398

(実施例560から実施例578)
実施例368において、式(L1-3-70)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-3-x)で表される化合物に置き換えた以外は同様の方法によって、下表の式(I-3-x)で表される化合物を製造した。
(Examples 560 to 578)
In Example 368, the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-70) was replaced with the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-x) in the table below by the same method to obtain the formula ( A compound represented by I-3-x) was prepared.

Figure 0007172393000399
Figure 0007172393000399

Figure 0007172393000400
Figure 0007172393000400

(実施例579から実施例607)
実施例357において、式(L1-1-11)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-4-x)で表される化合物に置き換えた以外は同様の方法によって、下表の式(I-4-x)で表される化合物を製造した。
(Examples 579 to 607)
In Example 357, the compound represented by the formula (L1-1-11) in the table below was replaced with the compound represented by the formula (L1-4-x) in the table below in a similar manner to obtain the compound represented by the formula ( A compound represented by I-4-x) was prepared.

Figure 0007172393000401
Figure 0007172393000401

Figure 0007172393000402
Figure 0007172393000402

Figure 0007172393000403
Figure 0007172393000403

(実施例608から実施例620)
実施例365において、式(L1-3-35)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-4-x)で表される化合物に、式(I-3-35-2)で表される化合物を下表の式(I-4-x-2)で表される化合物に置き換えた以外は同様の方法によって、下表の式(I-4-x)で表される化合物を製造した。
(Examples 608 to 620)
In Example 365, the compound represented by formula (L1-3-35) was converted to the compound represented by formula (L1-4-x) in the table below, and the compound represented by formula (I-3-35-2) The compound represented by the formula (I-4-x) in the table below was produced in the same manner except that the compound represented by the formula (I-4-x-2) in the table below was substituted. .

Figure 0007172393000404
Figure 0007172393000404

Figure 0007172393000405
Figure 0007172393000405

Figure 0007172393000406
Figure 0007172393000406

(実施例621から実施例626)
実施例367において、式(L1-3-51)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-4-x)で表される化合物に、式(I-3-51-3)で表される化合物を下表の式(I-4-x-3)で表される化合物に置き換えた以外は同様の方法によって、下表の式(I-4-x)で表される化合物を製造した。
(Examples 621 to 626)
In Example 367, the compound represented by formula (L1-3-51) was converted to the compound represented by formula (L1-4-x) in the table below, and the compound represented by formula (I-3-51-3) A compound represented by the formula (I-4-x) in the table below was produced in the same manner except that the compound represented by the formula (I-4-x-3) in the table below was substituted. .

Figure 0007172393000407
Figure 0007172393000407

Figure 0007172393000408
Figure 0007172393000408

(実施例627から実施例636)
実施例368において、式(L1-3-70)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-4-x)で表される化合物に置き換えた以外は同様の方法によって、下表の式(I-4-x)で表される化合物を製造した。
(Examples 627 to 636)
In Example 368, the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-70) was replaced with the compound represented by the formula (L1-4-x) in the table below by the same method to obtain the formula ( A compound represented by I-4-x) was prepared.

Figure 0007172393000409
Figure 0007172393000409

(実施例637から実施例663)
実施例357において、式(L1-1-11)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-5-x)で表される化合物に置き換えた以外は同様の方法によって、下表の式(I-5-x)で表される化合物を製造した。
(Examples 637 to 663)
In Example 357, the compound represented by the formula (L1-1-11) in the table below was replaced with the compound represented by the formula (L1-5-x) in the table below in a similar manner to obtain the compound represented by the formula ( A compound represented by I-5-x) was prepared.

Figure 0007172393000410
Figure 0007172393000410

Figure 0007172393000411
Figure 0007172393000411

Figure 0007172393000412
Figure 0007172393000412

(実施例664から実施例682)
実施例365において、式(L1-3-35)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-5-x)で表される化合物に、式(I-3-35-2)で表される化合物を下表の式(I-5-x-2)で表される化合物に置き換えた以外は同様の方法によって、下表の式(I-5-x)で表される化合物を製造した。
(Examples 664 to 682)
In Example 365, the compound represented by formula (L1-3-35) was converted to the compound represented by formula (L1-5-x) in the table below, and the compound represented by formula (I-3-35-2) A compound represented by the formula (I-5-x) in the table below was produced in the same manner except that the compound represented by the formula (I-5-x-2) in the table below was substituted. .

Figure 0007172393000413
Figure 0007172393000413

Figure 0007172393000414
Figure 0007172393000414

Figure 0007172393000415
Figure 0007172393000415

Figure 0007172393000416
Figure 0007172393000416

(実施例683から実施例693)
実施例367において、式(L1-3-51)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-5-x)で表される化合物に、式(I-3-51-3)で表される化合物を下表の式(I-5-x-3)で表される化合物に置き換えた以外は同様の方法によって、下表の式(I-5-x)で表される化合物を製造した。
(Examples 683 to 693)
In Example 367, the compound represented by formula (L1-3-51) was converted to the compound represented by formula (L1-5-x) in the table below, and the compound represented by formula (I-3-51-3) A compound represented by the formula (I-5-x) in the table below was produced in the same manner except that the compound represented by the formula (I-5-x-3) in the table below was substituted. .

Figure 0007172393000417
Figure 0007172393000417

Figure 0007172393000418
Figure 0007172393000418

Figure 0007172393000419
Figure 0007172393000419

(実施例694から実施例713)
実施例368において、式(L1-3-70)で表される化合物を下表の式(L1-5-x)で表される化合物に置き換えた以外は同様の方法によって、下表の式(I-5-x)で表される化合物を製造した。
(Examples 694 to 713)
In Example 368, the compound represented by the formula (L1-3-70) was replaced with the compound represented by the formula (L1-5-x) in the table below by the same method to obtain the formula ( A compound represented by I-5-x) was prepared.

Figure 0007172393000420
Figure 0007172393000420

Figure 0007172393000421
Figure 0007172393000421

(実施例714から実施例1053及び比較例1から比較例5)
実施例374から実施例713に記載の式(I-1-1)から式(I-5-80)で表される化合物及び特許文献3に記載の化合物(R-1)、特許文献4に記載の化合物(R-2)、特許文献5に記載の化合物(R-3)、特許文献6に記載の化合物(R-4)及び特許文献7に記載の化合物(R-5)を評価対象の化合物とした。
(Examples 714 to 1053 and Comparative Examples 1 to 5)
Compounds represented by formulas (I-1-1) to (I-5-80) described in Examples 374 to 713 and compounds (R-1) described in Patent Document 3, Patent Document 4 The compound (R-2) described, the compound (R-3) described in Patent Document 5, the compound (R-4) described in Patent Document 6 and the compound (R-5) described in Patent Document 7 were evaluated. was a compound of

Figure 0007172393000422
Figure 0007172393000422

膜厚150nmのITO(インジウムスズオキシド)からなる陽極を有するガラス基板上に、真空度5.0×10-4Paで、HAT-CN(30nm)、α-NPD(30nm)を蒸着した。評価対象の化合物と26DCzppyとを、評価対象の化合物の濃度が17%となるよう、異なる蒸着源から30nmの厚さで共蒸着した。次に、ETL-A(ケミプロ化成社製)とLiqとを、ETL-Aの濃度が50%となるよう、異なる蒸着源から35nmの厚さで共蒸着した。次に、Liq(0.5nm)及びアルミニウム(80nm)を順に蒸着し、評価対象の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子を得た。 HAT-CN (30 nm) and α-NPD (30 nm) were evaporated at a degree of vacuum of 5.0×10 −4 Pa on a glass substrate having an anode made of ITO (indium tin oxide) with a film thickness of 150 nm. The compound to be evaluated and 26DCzppy were co-evaporated from different deposition sources to a thickness of 30 nm such that the concentration of the compound to be evaluated was 17%. Next, ETL-A (manufactured by Chemipro Kasei Co., Ltd.) and Liq were co-evaporated from different deposition sources to a thickness of 35 nm so that the concentration of ETL-A was 50%. Next, Liq (0.5 nm) and aluminum (80 nm) were deposited in order to obtain an organic electroluminescence device to be evaluated.

Figure 0007172393000423
Figure 0007172393000423

評価対象の化合物と評価対象の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子との関係を下表に示す。 The table below shows the relationship between the compound to be evaluated and the organic electroluminescence device to be evaluated.

Figure 0007172393000424
Figure 0007172393000424

Figure 0007172393000425
Figure 0007172393000425

Figure 0007172393000426
Figure 0007172393000426

Figure 0007172393000427
Figure 0007172393000427

Figure 0007172393000428
Figure 0007172393000428

Figure 0007172393000429
Figure 0007172393000429

Figure 0007172393000430
Figure 0007172393000430

Figure 0007172393000431
Figure 0007172393000431

Figure 0007172393000432
Figure 0007172393000432

Figure 0007172393000433
Figure 0007172393000433

Figure 0007172393000434
Figure 0007172393000434

Figure 0007172393000435
Figure 0007172393000435

Figure 0007172393000436
Figure 0007172393000436

Figure 0007172393000437
Figure 0007172393000437

Figure 0007172393000438
Figure 0007172393000438

Figure 0007172393000439
Figure 0007172393000439

Figure 0007172393000440
Figure 0007172393000440

Figure 0007172393000441
Figure 0007172393000441

Figure 0007172393000442
Figure 0007172393000442

Figure 0007172393000443
Figure 0007172393000443

Figure 0007172393000444
Figure 0007172393000444

Figure 0007172393000445
Figure 0007172393000445

Figure 0007172393000446
Figure 0007172393000446

Figure 0007172393000447
Figure 0007172393000447

Figure 0007172393000448
Figure 0007172393000448

Figure 0007172393000449
Figure 0007172393000449

Figure 0007172393000450
Figure 0007172393000450

Figure 0007172393000451
Figure 0007172393000451

Figure 0007172393000452
Figure 0007172393000452

Figure 0007172393000453
Figure 0007172393000453

Figure 0007172393000454
Figure 0007172393000454

Figure 0007172393000455
Figure 0007172393000455

Figure 0007172393000456
Figure 0007172393000456

Figure 0007172393000457
Figure 0007172393000457

Figure 0007172393000458
Figure 0007172393000458

Figure 0007172393000459
Figure 0007172393000459

Figure 0007172393000460
Figure 0007172393000460

評価対象の各有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子について、素子寿命[h](LT50(500nit))及び発光色を測定した。比較例1の素子(D-R-1)の素子寿命[h](LT50(500nit))を1とした場合の、評価対象の各素子の素子寿命及び発光色を下表に示す。比較例4及び比較例5の素子(D-R-4)及び素子(R-R-5)については、発光色が橙及び赤であったため、素子寿命の測定を省略した。また、本願発明の化合物を使用した素子(D-1-1)から素子(D-5-80)はいずれも比較例1から比較例3の素子(D-R-1)から素子(D-R-3)と比較して、0.6倍から0.9倍と低い駆動電圧[V]及び1.1倍から1.6倍と高い電流効率[cd/A]を示した。 Device lifetime [h] (LT50 (500 nit)) and emission color were measured for each organic electroluminescence device to be evaluated. The table below shows the element lifetime and emission color of each element to be evaluated when the element lifetime [h] (LT50 (500 nit)) of the element (DR-1) of Comparative Example 1 is set to 1. For the device (DR-4) and the device (RR-5) of Comparative Examples 4 and 5, since the emission colors were orange and red, the measurement of the device lifetime was omitted. In addition, the element (D-1-1) to the element (D-5-80) using the compound of the present invention are all the elements (D-R-1) to the element (D- R-3) showed a driving voltage [V] that was 0.6 to 0.9 times lower and a current efficiency [cd/A] that was 1.1 to 1.6 times higher.

Figure 0007172393000461
Figure 0007172393000461

Figure 0007172393000462
Figure 0007172393000462

Figure 0007172393000463
Figure 0007172393000463

Figure 0007172393000464
Figure 0007172393000464

Figure 0007172393000465
Figure 0007172393000465

Figure 0007172393000466
Figure 0007172393000466

Figure 0007172393000467
Figure 0007172393000467

Figure 0007172393000468
Figure 0007172393000468

Figure 0007172393000469
Figure 0007172393000469

Figure 0007172393000470
Figure 0007172393000470

Figure 0007172393000471
Figure 0007172393000471

Figure 0007172393000472
Figure 0007172393000472

Figure 0007172393000473
Figure 0007172393000473

Figure 0007172393000474
Figure 0007172393000474

Figure 0007172393000475
Figure 0007172393000475

Figure 0007172393000476
Figure 0007172393000476

Figure 0007172393000477
Figure 0007172393000477

Figure 0007172393000478
Figure 0007172393000478

Figure 0007172393000479
Figure 0007172393000479

Figure 0007172393000480
Figure 0007172393000480

Figure 0007172393000481
Figure 0007172393000481

Figure 0007172393000482
Figure 0007172393000482

Figure 0007172393000483
Figure 0007172393000483

Figure 0007172393000484
Figure 0007172393000484

Figure 0007172393000485
Figure 0007172393000485

Figure 0007172393000486
Figure 0007172393000486

Figure 0007172393000487
Figure 0007172393000487

Figure 0007172393000488
Figure 0007172393000488

Figure 0007172393000489
Figure 0007172393000489

Figure 0007172393000490
Figure 0007172393000490

Figure 0007172393000491
Figure 0007172393000491

Figure 0007172393000492
Figure 0007172393000492

Figure 0007172393000493
Figure 0007172393000493

Figure 0007172393000494
Figure 0007172393000494

Figure 0007172393000495
Figure 0007172393000495

Figure 0007172393000496
Figure 0007172393000496

Figure 0007172393000497
Figure 0007172393000497

表より、本願発明の化合物を使用した素子は、比較例の素子と比較して長い素子寿命を示すことがわかる。また、本願発明の化合物を使用した素子は、比較例の素子と比較してより深い青色発光を示すことから高い色純度を示すことがわかる。 From the table, it can be seen that the device using the compound of the present invention exhibits a longer device life than the device of the comparative example. In addition, the device using the compound of the present invention exhibits deeper blue light emission than the device of the comparative example, indicating that the device exhibits high color purity.

以上の結果から、本願発明の化合物は、素子に使用した場合に低い駆動電圧、高い電流効率、高い発光の色純度及び長い発光寿命を有することから、有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子の構成部材として有用である。 From the above results, the compound of the present invention has a low driving voltage, high current efficiency, high emission color purity and long emission life when used in a device, and is therefore useful as a constituent member of an organic electroluminescence device. .

1,基板
2,陽極
3,ホール注入層
4,ホール輸送層
5,発光層
6,電子輸送層
7,陰極
1, substrate 2, anode 3, hole injection layer 4, hole transport layer 5, light emitting layer 6, electron transport layer 7, cathode

Claims (16)

下記の一般式(I)
ML (I)
(式中、Mは元素周期表における8族から11族の金属を表し、
は複数存在する場合は各々独立して下記の一般式(I-L1)
Figure 0007172393000498
(式中、破線はMとの結合位置を表し、
、R、R、R、R及びRは各々独立して水素原子又は置換基を表すが、=C(R)-、=C(R)-、=C(R)-及び/又は=C(R)-は各々独立して=N-を表しても良く、RとR、RとR、RとR、RとR及び/又はRとRとが縮合環を形成しても良く、但し、R、R、R、R、R及びRのうち少なくとも1つはRで表される置換されても良いアミノ基を表し、
ここでR は、複数存在する場合は各々独立して、下記の式(RA-1)又は式(RA-2)
Figure 0007172393000499
(式中、式(RA-1)において破線は結合位置を表し、式(RA-2)において任意の位置に結合手を1つ有し、R B1 、R B2 及びR B3 は各々独立して水素原子、置換されていても良いアルキル基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い非芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い非芳香族複素環基又は置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い芳香族複素環基を表すが、当該アルキル基、非芳香族炭化水素環基、芳香族炭化水素環基、非芳香族複素環基及び非芳香族複素環基中の任意の水素原子はフッ素原子に置換されても良く、1個の-CH -又は2個以上の-CH -が各々独立して-O-、-S-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CO-S-、-S-CO-、-O-CO-O-、-CO-NH-、-NH-CO-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-又は-C≡C-に置き換えられても良く、存在するR B1 とR B2 、R B2 とR B3 又はR B3 とR B1 とが環又は縮合環を形成しても良い。)から選ばれる基を表す。)で表される基を表し、
は複数存在する場合は各々独立してMと結合する一価アニオン性の二座配位子を表し、
mは1から3の整数を表し、
nは0から2の整数を表すが、m+nは2又は3を表す。)で表される化合物。
General formula (I) below
ML 1 m L 2 n (I)
(wherein M represents a metal from group 8 to group 11 in the periodic table of elements,
When multiple L 1 are present, each independently represented by the following general formula (I-L1)
Figure 0007172393000498
(Wherein, the dashed line represents the bonding position with M,
R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and =C(R 3 )-, =C(R 4 )-, =C( R 5 )- and/or =C(R 6 )- may each independently represent =N-, and R 1 and R 2 , R 2 and R 3 , R 3 and R 4 , R 4 and R 5 and/or R 5 and R 6 may form a fused ring, provided that at least one of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 is represented by RA represents an optionally substituted amino group,
Here, when there are a plurality of R A , each independently, the following formula (RA-1) or formula (RA-2)
Figure 0007172393000499
(Wherein, in formula (RA-1), the dashed line represents the bonding position, and in formula (RA-2), there is one bond at any position, and R B1 , R B2 and R B3 are each independently hydrogen atom, optionally substituted alkyl group, optionally substituted non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may form a condensed ring, optionally substituted and which may form a condensed ring an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, an optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group which may form a condensed ring, or an optionally substituted aromatic heterocyclic group which may form a condensed ring; However, any hydrogen atom in the alkyl group, non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, non-aromatic heterocyclic group and non-aromatic heterocyclic group may be substituted with a fluorine atom. , one —CH 2 — or two or more —CH 2 — are each independently —O—, —S—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CO—S—, —S -CO-, -O-CO-O-, -CO-NH-, -NH-CO-, -CH=CH-, -CF=CF- or -C≡C- may be substituted and present R B1 and R B2 , R B2 and R B3 , or R B3 and R B1 may form a ring or a condensed ring.). ) represents a group represented by
L 2 represents a monovalent anionic bidentate ligand that independently binds to M when there are more than one,
m represents an integer from 1 to 3,
Although n represents an integer of 0 to 2, m+n represents 2 or 3. ) compound represented by.
Mがイリジウム、ロジウム、パラジウム、白金、金、オスミウム又はルテニウムから選ばれる、請求項1に記載の化合物。 2. A compound according to claim 1, wherein M is selected from iridium, rhodium, palladium, platinum, gold, osmium or ruthenium. 下記の一般式(I-i)
11 m121 n1 (I-i)
(式中、Mはイリジウム、ロジウム、パラジウム、白金、金、オスミウム又はルテニウムから選ばれる金属を表し、
11は複数存在する場合は各々独立して下記の一般式(I-L1-i)
Figure 0007172393000500
(式中、破線はMとの結合位置を表し、
11はハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、ペンタフルオロスルファニル基、置換されていても良いシリル基、置換されていても良いアルキル基、置換されていても良いアルコキシ基、置換されていても良いアルキルチオ基、置換されていても良いアルケニル基、置換されていても良いアルケニルオキシ基、置換されていても良いアルキニル基、置換されていても良いアルキルオキシカルボニル基、置換されていても良いアルキニルオキシカルボニル基、置換されていても良いアルキルカルボニル基、置換されていても良いアルケニルカルボニル基、置換されていても良いアルキニルカルボニル基、置換されていても良いアルキルカルボニルオキシ基、置換されていても良いアルケニルカルボニルオキシ基、置換されていても良いアルキニルカルボニルオキシ基、置換されていても良いアリールオキシ基、置換されていても良いアリールチオ基、置換されていても良いアリールオキシカルボニル基、置換されていても良いアリールカルボニル基、置換されていても良いアリールカルボニルオキシ基、置換されていても良いヘテロアリールオキシ基、置換されていても良いヘテロアリールチオ基、置換されていても良いヘテロアリールオキシカルボニル基、置換されていても良いヘテロアリールカルボニル基、置換されていても良いヘテロアリールカルボニルオキシ基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い非芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い非芳香族複素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い芳香族複素環基、又は、下記の式(RA-1-1)から式(RA-2-3)
Figure 0007172393000501
(式中、破線は結合位置を表し、RC1及びRC2は各々独立して炭素原子数1から20の直鎖状アルキル基、炭素原子数3から20の分岐状アルキル基又は炭素原子数3から20の環状アルキル基を表すが、当該直鎖状アルキル基、分岐状アルキル基及び環状アルキル基中の任意の水素原子はフッ素原子に置換されても良く、1個の-CH-又は2個以上の-CH-が各々独立して-O-、-S-、-CO-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-又は-C≡C-に置き換えられても良く、存在するRC1とRC2とが環を形成しても良く、ArC1、ArC2及びArC3は各々独立して置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数6から20の芳香族炭化水素環基又は置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い炭素原子数3から20の芳香族複素環基を表すが、存在するArC1とArC2、ArC2とArC3及び/又はArC3とArC1とが縮合環を形成しても良い。)から選ばれるRA1で表される基を表し、
21、R31、R41、R51及びR61は各々独立して水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、ペンタフルオロスルファニル基、置換されていても良いシリル基、置換されていても良いアルキル基、置換されていても良いアルコキシ基、置換されていても良いアルキルチオ基、置換されていても良いアルケニル基、置換されていても良いアルケニルオキシ基、置換されていても良いアルキニル基、置換されていても良いアルキルオキシカルボニル基、置換されていても良いアルキニルオキシカルボニル基、置換されていても良いアルキルカルボニル基、置換されていても良いアルケニルカルボニル基、置換されていても良いアルキニルカルボニル基、置換されていても良いアルキルカルボニルオキシ基、置換されていても良いアルケニルカルボニルオキシ基、置換されていても良いアルキニルカルボニルオキシ基、置換されていても良いアリールオキシ基、置換されていても良いアリールチオ基、置換されていても良いアリールオキシカルボニル基、置換されていても良いアリールカルボニル基、置換されていても良いアリールカルボニルオキシ基、置換されていても良いヘテロアリールオキシ基、置換されていても良いヘテロアリールチオ基、置換されていても良いヘテロアリールオキシカルボニル基、置換されていても良いヘテロアリールカルボニル基、置換されていても良いヘテロアリールカルボニルオキシ基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い非芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い非芳香族複素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い芳香族複素環基、又は、RA1で表される基を表すが、=C(R31)-、=C(R41)-、=C(R51)-及び/又は=C(R61)-は各々独立して=N-を表しても良く、R11とR21、R21とR31、R31とR41、R41とR51及び/又はR51とR61とが縮合環を形成しても良いが、R11、R21、R31、R41、R51及びR61のうち少なくとも1つはRA1で表される基を表す。)で表される基を表し、
21は複数存在する場合は各々独立してMと結合する一価アニオン性の二座配位子を表し、
m1は1から3の整数を表し、
n1は0から2の整数を表すが、m1+n1は2又は3を表す。)で表される化合物。
General formula (Ii) below
M 1 L 11 m1 L 21 n1 (Ii)
(wherein M 1 represents a metal selected from iridium, rhodium, palladium, platinum, gold, osmium or ruthenium,
When multiple L 11 are present, they are each independently represented by the following general formula (I-L1-i)
Figure 0007172393000500
(wherein the dashed line represents the binding position with M1 ,
R 11 is a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a pentafluorosulfanyl group, an optionally substituted silyl group, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted alkylthio group, optionally substituted alkenyl group, optionally substituted alkenyloxy group, optionally substituted alkynyl group, optionally substituted alkyloxycarbonyl group, optionally substituted alkynyloxy carbonyl group, optionally substituted alkylcarbonyl group, optionally substituted alkenylcarbonyl group, optionally substituted alkynylcarbonyl group, optionally substituted alkylcarbonyloxy group, optionally substituted alkenylcarbonyloxy group, optionally substituted alkynylcarbonyloxy group, optionally substituted aryloxy group, optionally substituted arylthio group, optionally substituted aryloxycarbonyl group, substituted optionally substituted arylcarbonyl group, optionally substituted arylcarbonyloxy group, optionally substituted heteroaryloxy group, optionally substituted heteroarylthio group, optionally substituted heteroaryloxycarbonyl group , optionally substituted heteroarylcarbonyl group, optionally substituted heteroarylcarbonyloxy group, optionally substituted non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may form a condensed ring, substituted an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may be substituted and which may form a condensed ring, a non-aromatic heterocyclic group which may be substituted and which may form a condensed ring, an optionally substituted condensed ring or an aromatic heterocyclic group that may form the following formula (RA-1-1) to formula (RA-2-3)
Figure 0007172393000501
(wherein the dashed line represents the bonding position, R 1 and R 2 are each independently a linear alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or 3 to 20 cyclic alkyl groups, any hydrogen atom in the linear alkyl group, branched alkyl group and cyclic alkyl group may be substituted with a fluorine atom, and one —CH 2 — or two one or more -CH 2 - may be independently replaced with -O-, -S-, -CO-, -CH=CH-, -CF=CF- or -C≡C-, and is present R C1 and R C2 may form a ring, and each of Ar C1 , Ar C2 and Ar C3 may be independently substituted and may form a condensed ring having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. represents an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group or an optionally substituted aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms which may form a condensed ring ; C3 and/or Ar C3 and Ar C1 may form a condensed ring.) represents a group represented by R A1 selected from
R 21 , R 31 , R 41 , R 51 and R 61 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a pentafluorosulfanyl group, an optionally substituted silyl group, an optionally substituted a good alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted alkylthio group, an optionally substituted alkenyl group, an optionally substituted alkenyloxy group, an optionally substituted alkynyl group, optionally substituted alkyloxycarbonyl group, optionally substituted alkynyloxycarbonyl group, optionally substituted alkylcarbonyl group, optionally substituted alkenylcarbonyl group, optionally substituted alkynylcarbonyl group optionally substituted alkylcarbonyloxy group, optionally substituted alkenylcarbonyloxy group, optionally substituted alkynylcarbonyloxy group, optionally substituted aryloxy group, optionally substituted good arylthio group, optionally substituted aryloxycarbonyl group, optionally substituted arylcarbonyl group, optionally substituted arylcarbonyloxy group, optionally substituted heteroaryloxy group, substituted optionally substituted heteroarylthio group, optionally substituted heteroaryloxycarbonyl group, optionally substituted heteroarylcarbonyl group, optionally substituted heteroarylcarbonyloxy group, optionally substituted, A non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may form a condensed ring, an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may be substituted and which may form a condensed ring, an optionally substituted ring which may form a condensed ring represents a non-aromatic heterocyclic group which may be substituted, an optionally substituted aromatic heterocyclic group which may form a condensed ring, or a group represented by R A1 , but =C(R 31 ) -, =C(R 41 )-, =C ( R 51 )- and/or =C ( R 61 )- may each independently represent =N-; R 31 , R 31 and R 41 , R 41 and R 51 and/or R 51 and R 61 may form a condensed ring, but R 11 , R 21 , R 31 , R 41 , R 51 and R At least one of 61 represents a group represented by RA1 . ) represents a group represented by
L 21 represents a monovalent anionic bidentate ligand that independently binds to M 1 when multiple L 21 are present,
m1 represents an integer from 1 to 3,
Although n1 represents an integer of 0 to 2, m1+n1 represents 2 or 3. ) compound represented by.
下記の一般式(I-i-3)
11113 m11211 n11 (I-i-3)
(式中、M11はイリジウム、白金、金又はオスミウムから選ばれる金属を表し、
113は複数存在する場合は各々独立して下記の一般式(I-L1-i-3)
Figure 0007172393000502
(式中、破線はM11との結合位置を表し、
113はフッ素原子、塩素原子、シアノ基、置換されていても良いシリル基、置換されていても良いアルキル基、置換されていても良いアルコキシ基、置換されていても良いアルケニル基、置換されていても良いアルケニルオキシ基、置換されていても良いアルキニル基、置換されていても良いアリールオキシ基、置換されていても良いヘテロアリールオキシ基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い非芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い非芳香族複素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い芳香族複素環基を表し、
213、R413、R513及びR613は各々独立して水素原子、フッ素原子、塩素原子、シアノ基、置換されていても良いシリル基、置換されていても良いアルキル基、置換されていても良いアルコキシ基、置換されていても良いアルケニル基、置換されていても良いアルケニルオキシ基、置換されていても良いアルキニル基、置換されていても良いアリールオキシ基、置換されていても良いヘテロアリールオキシ基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い非芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い非芳香族複素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い芳香族複素環基を表すが、=C(R413)-、=C(R513)-及び/又は=C(R613)-は各々独立して=N-を表しても良く、RA13は下記の式(RA-1-11)から式(RA-2-31)
Figure 0007172393000503
(式中、破線は結合位置を表し、RC11及びRC21は各々独立して炭素原子数1から10の直鎖状アルキル基、炭素原子数3から10の分岐状アルキル基又は炭素原子数3から10の環状アルキル基を表すが、当該直鎖状アルキル基、分岐状アルキル基及び環状アルキル基中の1個の-CH-又は2個以上の-CH-が各々独立して-O-に置き換えられても良く、存在するRC11とRC21とが環を形成しても良く、ArC11、ArC21及びArC31は各々独立して下記の式(ARC-1)から式(ARC-17)
Figure 0007172393000504
Figure 0007172393000505
(式中、任意の位置に結合手を1つ有し、任意の-CH=は各々独立して-N=に置き換えられても良く、-CH-は各々独立して-O-、-S-、-NR-(式中、Rは水素原子又は炭素原子数1から20のアルキル基を表す。)、-CS-又は-CO-に置き換えられても良いが、-O-O-結合を含まない。また、これらの基は無置換又は1つ以上のLによって置換されても良く、Lはフッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子、ペンタフルオロスルフラニル基、ニトロ基、シアノ基、イソシアノ基、アミノ基、ヒドロキシ基、メルカプト基、メチルアミノ基、ジメチルアミノ基、ジエチルアミノ基、ジイソプロピルアミノ基、トリメチルシリル基、ジメチルシリル基、チオイソシアノ基、又は、1個の-CH-又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-が各々独立して-O-、-S-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CO-S-、-S-CO-、-O-CO-O-、-CO-NH-、-NH-CO-、-CH=CH-COO-、-CH=CH-OCO-、-COO-CH=CH-、-OCO-CH=CH-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-又は-C≡C-によって置換されても良い炭素原子数1から20の直鎖状又は分岐状アルキル基を表すが、当該アルキル基中の任意の水素原子はフッ素原子に置換されていても良く、Lが複数存在する場合それらは同一であっても異なっていても良い。)から選ばれる基を表すが、存在するArC11とArC21ArC21とArC31、ArC31とArC11とが縮合環を形成しても良い。)から選ばれる基を表すが、R113とR213、R213とRA13、RA13とR413、R413とR513及び/又はR513とR613とが縮合環を形成しても良く、
211はM11と結合する一価アニオン性の二座配位子を表し、
m11は1から3の整数を表し、
n11は0又は1を表すが、m11+n11は2又は3を表す。)で表される化合物。
The following general formula (Ii-3)
M 11 L 113 m11 L 211 n11 (Ii-3)
(wherein M 11 represents a metal selected from iridium, platinum, gold or osmium,
When multiple L 113 are present, each independently of the following general formula (IL1-i-3)
Figure 0007172393000502
( Wherein , the dashed line represents the binding position with M11,
R 113 is a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a cyano group, an optionally substituted silyl group, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted alkenyl group, a substituted optionally substituted alkenyloxy group, optionally substituted alkynyl group, optionally substituted aryloxy group, optionally substituted heteroaryloxy group, optionally substituted, forming a condensed ring non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may be substituted, optionally substituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may form a condensed ring, optionally substituted non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may form a condensed ring represents an aromatic heterocyclic group which may be substituted and may form a condensed ring,
R 213 , R 413 , R 513 and R 613 are each independently hydrogen atom, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, cyano group, optionally substituted silyl group, optionally substituted alkyl group, substituted alkoxy group, optionally substituted alkenyl group, optionally substituted alkenyloxy group, optionally substituted alkynyl group, optionally substituted aryloxy group, optionally substituted hetero aryloxy group, optionally substituted non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may form a condensed ring, optionally substituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may form a condensed ring, substituted represents a non-aromatic heterocyclic group which may be substituted and may form a condensed ring, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may be substituted and which may form a condensed ring, =C(R 413 )-, =C(R 513 )- and/or =C(R 613 )- may each independently represent =N-, and R A13 is the following formula (RA-1-11) to formula ( RA-2-31)
Figure 0007172393000503
(wherein the dashed line represents the bonding position, R 11 and R 21 are each independently a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, or 1 to 10 cyclic alkyl groups, wherein one —CH 2 — or two or more —CH 2 — in the linear alkyl group, branched alkyl group and cyclic alkyl group are each independently —O —, and R 1 C11 and R 1 C21 present may form a ring, and Ar 11 C11 , Ar 1 C21 and Ar 1 C31 are each independently represented by formulas (ARC-1) to (ARC -17)
Figure 0007172393000504
Figure 0007172393000505
(Wherein, having one bond at any position, any -CH= may be independently replaced with -N=, -CH 2 - each independently -O-, - S—, —NR 0 — (wherein R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms), —CS— or —CO—, but —O—O - does not contain a bond, and these groups may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more L T , where L T is a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, a pentafluorosulfuranyl group, nitro group, cyano group, isocyano group, amino group, hydroxy group, mercapto group, methylamino group, dimethylamino group, diethylamino group, diisopropylamino group, trimethylsilyl group, dimethylsilyl group, thioisocyano group, or one -CH 2 - or two or more non-adjacent -CH 2 - are each independently -O-, -S-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CO-S-, -S-CO -, -O-CO-O-, -CO-NH-, -NH-CO-, -CH=CH-COO-, -CH=CH-OCO-, -COO-CH=CH-, -OCO-CH =CH-, -CH=CH-, -CF=CF- or -C≡C- represents a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may be substituted by Any hydrogen atom of may be substituted with a fluorine atom, and when a plurality of L T are present, they may be the same or different.) represents a group selected from Ar C11 and Ar C21 Ar C21 and Ar C31 , and Ar C31 and Ar C11 may form a condensed ring. ), wherein R 113 and R 213 , R 213 and R A13 , R A13 and R 413 , R 413 and R 513 and/or R 513 and R 613 may form a condensed ring ,
L 211 represents a monovalent anionic bidentate ligand that binds to M 11 ,
m11 represents an integer from 1 to 3,
n11 represents 0 or 1, but m11+n11 represents 2 or 3. ) compound represented by.
下記の一般式(I-i-5)
11115 m11211 n11 (I-i-5)
(式中、M11はイリジウム、白金、金又はオスミウムから選ばれる金属を表し、
115は複数存在する場合は各々独立して下記の一般式(I-L1-i-5)
Figure 0007172393000506
(式中、破線はM11との結合位置を表し、
115はフッ素原子、塩素原子、シアノ基、置換されていても良いシリル基、置換されていても良いアルキル基、置換されていても良いアルコキシ基、置換されていても良いアルケニル基、置換されていても良いアルケニルオキシ基、置換されていても良いアルキニル基、置換されていても良いアリールオキシ基、置換されていても良いヘテロアリールオキシ基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い非芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い非芳香族複素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い芳香族複素環基を表し、
215、R315、R415及びR615は各々独立して水素原子、フッ素原子、塩素原子、シアノ基、置換されていても良いシリル基、置換されていても良いアルキル基、置換されていても良いアルコキシ基、置換されていても良いアルケニル基、置換されていても良いアルケニルオキシ基、置換されていても良いアルキニル基、置換されていても良いアリールオキシ基、置換されていても良いヘテロアリールオキシ基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い非芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い芳香族炭化水素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い非芳香族複素環基、置換されていても良く、縮合環を形成しても良い芳香族複素環基を表すが、=C(R315)-、=C(R415)-及び/又は=C(R615)-は各々独立して=N-を表しても良く、RA15は式(RA-1-11)から式(RA-2-31)
Figure 0007172393000507
(式中、破線は結合位置を表し、R C11 及びR C21 は各々独立して炭素原子数1から10の直鎖状アルキル基、炭素原子数3から10の分岐状アルキル基又は炭素原子数3から10の環状アルキル基を表すが、当該直鎖状アルキル基、分岐状アルキル基及び環状アルキル基中の1個の-CH -又は2個以上の-CH -が各々独立して-O-に置き換えられても良く、存在するR C11 とR C21 とが環を形成しても良く、Ar C11 、Ar C21 及びAr C31 は各々独立して下記の式(ARC-1)から式(ARC-17)
Figure 0007172393000508
Figure 0007172393000509
(式中、任意の位置に結合手を1つ有し、任意の-CH=は各々独立して-N=に置き換えられても良く、-CH -は各々独立して-O-、-S-、-NR -(式中、R は水素原子又は炭素原子数1から20のアルキル基を表す。)、-CS-又は-CO-に置き換えられても良いが、-O-O-結合を含まない。また、これらの基は無置換又は1つ以上のL によって置換されても良く、L はフッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子、ペンタフルオロスルフラニル基、ニトロ基、シアノ基、イソシアノ基、アミノ基、ヒドロキシ基、メルカプト基、メチルアミノ基、ジメチルアミノ基、ジエチルアミノ基、ジイソプロピルアミノ基、トリメチルシリル基、ジメチルシリル基、チオイソシアノ基、又は、1個の-CH -又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH -が各々独立して-O-、-S-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CO-S-、-S-CO-、-O-CO-O-、-CO-NH-、-NH-CO-、-CH=CH-COO-、-CH=CH-OCO-、-COO-CH=CH-、-OCO-CH=CH-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-又は-C≡C-によって置換されても良い炭素原子数1から20の直鎖状又は分岐状アルキル基を表すが、当該アルキル基中の任意の水素原子はフッ素原子に置換されていても良く、L が複数存在する場合それらは同一であっても異なっていても良い。)から選ばれる基を表すが、存在するAr C11 とAr C21 Ar C21 とAr C31 、Ar C31 とAr C11 とが縮合環を形成しても良い。)から選ばれる基を表すが、R115とR215、R215とR315、R315とR415、R415とRA15及び/又はRA15とR615とが縮合環を形成しても良く、
211はM11と結合する一価アニオン性の二座配位子を表し、
m11は1から3の整数を表し、
n11は0又は1を表すが、m11+n11は2又は3を表す。)で表される化合物。
The following general formula (Ii-5)
M 11 L 115 m11 L 211 n11 (Ii-5)
(wherein M 11 represents a metal selected from iridium, platinum, gold or osmium,
When multiple L 115 are present, each independently of the following general formula (IL1-i-5)
Figure 0007172393000506
( Wherein , the dashed line represents the binding position with M11,
R 115 is a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a cyano group, an optionally substituted silyl group, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted alkenyl group, a substituted optionally substituted alkenyloxy group, optionally substituted alkynyl group, optionally substituted aryloxy group, optionally substituted heteroaryloxy group, optionally substituted, forming a condensed ring non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may be substituted, optionally substituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may form a condensed ring, optionally substituted non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may form a condensed ring represents an aromatic heterocyclic group which may be substituted and may form a condensed ring,
R 215 , R 315 , R 415 and R 615 are each independently hydrogen atom, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, cyano group, optionally substituted silyl group, optionally substituted alkyl group, substituted alkoxy group, optionally substituted alkenyl group, optionally substituted alkenyloxy group, optionally substituted alkynyl group, optionally substituted aryloxy group, optionally substituted hetero aryloxy group, optionally substituted non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may form a condensed ring, optionally substituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may form a condensed ring, substituted represents a non-aromatic heterocyclic group which may be substituted and may form a condensed ring, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may be substituted and which may form a condensed ring, ═C(R 315 )-, =C(R 415 )- and/or =C(R 615 )- may each independently represent =N-, and R A15 is from formula (RA-1-11) to formula (RA- 2-31)
Figure 0007172393000507
(wherein the dashed line represents the bonding position, R 11 and R 21 are each independently a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, or 1 to 10 cyclic alkyl groups, wherein one —CH 2 — or two or more —CH 2 in the linear alkyl group, branched alkyl group and cyclic alkyl group are each independently —O —, and R 1 C11 and R 1 C21 present may form a ring, and Ar 11 C11 , Ar 1 C21 and Ar 1 C31 are each independently represented by formulas (ARC-1) to (ARC -17)
Figure 0007172393000508
Figure 0007172393000509
(Wherein, having one bond at any position, any -CH= may be independently replaced with -N=, -CH 2 - each independently -O-, - S—, —NR 0 — (wherein R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms), —CS— or —CO—, but —O—O - does not contain a bond, and these groups may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more L T , where L T is a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, a pentafluorosulfuranyl group, nitro group, cyano group, isocyano group, amino group, hydroxy group, mercapto group, methylamino group, dimethylamino group, diethylamino group, diisopropylamino group, trimethylsilyl group, dimethylsilyl group, thioisocyano group, or one -CH 2 - or two or more non-adjacent -CH 2 - are each independently -O-, -S-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CO-S-, -S-CO -, -O-CO-O-, -CO-NH-, -NH-CO-, -CH=CH-COO-, -CH=CH-OCO-, -COO-CH=CH-, -OCO-CH =CH-, -CH=CH-, -CF=CF- or -C≡C- represents a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may be substituted by Any hydrogen atom of may be substituted with a fluorine atom, and when a plurality of L T are present, they may be the same or different.) represents a group selected from Ar C11 and Ar C21 Ar C21 and Ar C31 , and Ar C31 and Ar C11 may form a condensed ring. ) , wherein R 115 and R 215 , R 215 and R 315 , R 315 and R 415 , R 415 and R A15 and/or R A15 and R 615 may form a condensed ring ,
L 211 represents a monovalent anionic bidentate ligand that binds to M 11 ,
m11 represents an integer from 1 to 3,
n11 represents 0 or 1, but m11+n11 represents 2 or 3. ) compound represented by.
下記の一般式(I-i-33)
Figure 0007172393000510
(式中、RA133は下記の式(RA-1-14)又は式(RA-1-34)
Figure 0007172393000511
(式中、破線は結合位置を表し、RC14及びRC24は各々独立して炭素原子数1から3の直鎖状アルキル基又は炭素原子数3から5の分岐状アルキル基を表すが、RC14とRC24とが環を形成しても良く、ArC14及びArC24は各々独立して下記の式(ARC-1-3)から式(ARC-7-3)
Figure 0007172393000512
(式中、任意の位置に結合手を1つ有する。また、これらの基は無置換又は1つ以上のLT11によって置換されても良く、LT11は炭素原子数1から3の直鎖状アルキル基又は炭素原子数3から5の分岐状アルキル基を表すが、LT11が複数存在する場合それらは同一であっても異なっていても良い。)から選ばれる基を表すが、ArC14とArC24とが縮合環を形成しても良い。)から選ばれる基を表し、
2113はイリジウムと結合する一価アニオン性の二座配位子を表し、
m113は2又は3を表し、
n113は0又は1を表すが、m113+n113は3を表す。)で表される化合物。
The following general formula (I-i-33)
Figure 0007172393000510
(Wherein, R A133 is the following formula (RA-1-14) or formula (RA-1-34)
Figure 0007172393000511
(wherein the dashed line represents the bonding position, R 14 and R 24 each independently represent a linear alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 5 carbon atoms, but R C14 and R 2 C24 may form a ring, and each of Ar 2 C14 and Ar 24 independently
Figure 0007172393000512
(In the formula, it has one bond at any position. These groups may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more LT11 , and LT11 is a straight chain having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. represents an alkyl group or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 5 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of L T11 are present, they may be the same or different.) represents a group selected from Ar C14 and Ar 2 C24 may form a condensed ring. ) represents a group selected from
L 2113 represents a monovalent anionic bidentate ligand that binds iridium,
m113 represents 2 or 3,
n113 represents 0 or 1, but m113+n113 represents 3. ) compound represented by.
下記の一般式(I-i-53)
Figure 0007172393000513
(式中、RA153は式(RA-1-14)又は式(RA-1-34)
Figure 0007172393000514
(式中、破線は結合位置を表し、R C14 及びR C24 は各々独立して炭素原子数1から3の直鎖状アルキル基又は炭素原子数3から5の分岐状アルキル基を表すが、R C14 とR C24 とが環を形成しても良く、Ar C14 及びAr C24 は各々独立して下記の式(ARC-1-3)から式(ARC-7-3)
Figure 0007172393000515
(式中、任意の位置に結合手を1つ有する。また、これらの基は無置換又は1つ以上のL T11 によって置換されても良く、L T11 は炭素原子数1から3の直鎖状アルキル基又は炭素原子数3から5の分岐状アルキル基を表すが、L T11 が複数存在する場合それらは同一であっても異なっていても良い。)から選ばれる基を表すが、Ar C14 とAr C24 とが縮合環を形成しても良い。)から選ばれる基を表し、
2113はイリジウムと結合する一価アニオン性の二座配位子を表し、
m113は2又は3を表し、
n113は0又は1を表すが、m113+n113は3を表す。)で表される化合物。
The following general formula (I-i-53)
Figure 0007172393000513
(Wherein, R A153 is the formula (RA-1-14) or the formula (RA-1-34)
Figure 0007172393000514
(wherein the dashed line represents the bonding position, R 14 and R 24 each independently represent a linear alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 5 carbon atoms, but R C14 and R 2 C24 may form a ring, and each of Ar 2 C14 and Ar 24 independently
Figure 0007172393000515
(In the formula, it has one bond at any position. These groups may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more LT11 , and LT11 is a straight chain having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. represents an alkyl group or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 5 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of L T11 are present, they may be the same or different.) represents a group selected from Ar C14 and Ar 2 C24 may form a condensed ring. ) represents a group selected from
L 2113 represents a monovalent anionic bidentate ligand that binds iridium,
m113 represents 2 or 3,
n113 represents 0 or 1, but m113+n113 represents 3. ) compound represented by.
請求項1から請求項のいずれか一項に記載の化合物を含有する組成物。 8. A composition comprising a compound according to any one of claims 1-7 . 請求項1から請求項のいずれか一項に記載の化合物を含有する有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子用組成物。 A composition for an organic electroluminescence device, comprising the compound according to any one of claims 1 to 7 . 請求項1から請求項のいずれか一項に記載の化合物を部分構造として有する重合体。 A polymer having the compound according to any one of claims 1 to 7 as a partial structure. 請求項10に記載の重合体を含有する有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子用組成物。 A composition for an organic electroluminescence device containing the polymer according to claim 10 . 陽極及び陰極により挟持された発光層を有する有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子であって、
前記発光層が請求項1から請求項のいずれか一項に記載の化合物、又は、請求項から請求項11のいずれか一項に記載の組成物又は重合体を含むことを特徴とする有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子。
An organic electroluminescence device having a light-emitting layer sandwiched between an anode and a cathode,
The light-emitting layer is characterized in that it contains the compound according to any one of claims 1 to 7 , or the composition or polymer according to any one of claims 8 to 11 . Organic electroluminescence device.
発光層がさらにホスト材料を含有する、請求項12に記載の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子。 13. The organic electroluminescence device according to claim 12 , wherein the light-emitting layer further contains a host material. 請求項1から請求項のいずれか一項に記載の化合物を使用した有機EL材料An organic EL material using the compound according to any one of claims 1 to 7 . 請求項12又は請求項13のいずれか一項に記載の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子を備えることを特徴とする表示装置。 14. A display device comprising the organic electroluminescence device according to claim 12 or 13 . 請求項12又は請求項13のいずれか一項に記載の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子を備えることを特徴とする照明装置。 14. A lighting device comprising the organic electroluminescence element according to claim 12 or 13 .
JP2018186619A 2018-10-01 2018-10-01 Organic electroluminescence device and material Active JP7172393B2 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018186619A JP7172393B2 (en) 2018-10-01 2018-10-01 Organic electroluminescence device and material

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018186619A JP7172393B2 (en) 2018-10-01 2018-10-01 Organic electroluminescence device and material

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
JP2020055768A JP2020055768A (en) 2020-04-09
JP7172393B2 true JP7172393B2 (en) 2022-11-16

Family

ID=70106412

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
JP2018186619A Active JP7172393B2 (en) 2018-10-01 2018-10-01 Organic electroluminescence device and material

Country Status (1)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7172393B2 (en)

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR102536903B1 (en) * 2020-08-13 2023-05-26 엘티소재주식회사 Heterocyclic compound, organic light emitting device comprising same and composition for organic layer of organic light emitting device
US20230189629A1 (en) * 2021-08-20 2023-06-15 Beijing Summer Sprout Technology Co., Ltd. Organic electroluminescent material and device thereof

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2009020198A1 (en) 2007-08-03 2009-02-12 Kinopharma, Inc. Aniline derivative having anti-dna virus activity
JP2015527340A (en) 2012-07-30 2015-09-17 ザ オハイオ ステイト ユニバーシティ Antibacterial protein kinase inhibitor
US20160133861A1 (en) 2014-11-10 2016-05-12 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Emitters based on octahedral metal complexes
CN106188006A (en) 2015-05-05 2016-12-07 天津国际生物医药联合研究院 Containing 1,2,3 triazole heterocycle compounds and its preparation method and application
JP2017075121A (en) 2015-10-15 2017-04-20 コニカミノルタ株式会社 π-CONJUGATED COMPOUND, ORGANIC ELECTROLUMINESCENT ELEMENT MATERIAL, LUMINESCENT MATERIAL, LUMINESCENT THIN FILM, ORGANIC ELECTROLUMINESCENT ELEMENT, DISPLAY DEVICE AND LUMINAIRE

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB1301196A (en) * 1969-03-18 1972-12-29 Egyt Gyogyszervegyeszeti Gyar Triazole derivatives

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2009020198A1 (en) 2007-08-03 2009-02-12 Kinopharma, Inc. Aniline derivative having anti-dna virus activity
JP2015527340A (en) 2012-07-30 2015-09-17 ザ オハイオ ステイト ユニバーシティ Antibacterial protein kinase inhibitor
US20160133861A1 (en) 2014-11-10 2016-05-12 Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of Arizona State University Emitters based on octahedral metal complexes
CN106188006A (en) 2015-05-05 2016-12-07 天津国际生物医药联合研究院 Containing 1,2,3 triazole heterocycle compounds and its preparation method and application
JP2017075121A (en) 2015-10-15 2017-04-20 コニカミノルタ株式会社 π-CONJUGATED COMPOUND, ORGANIC ELECTROLUMINESCENT ELEMENT MATERIAL, LUMINESCENT MATERIAL, LUMINESCENT THIN FILM, ORGANIC ELECTROLUMINESCENT ELEMENT, DISPLAY DEVICE AND LUMINAIRE

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2020055768A (en) 2020-04-09

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR101151122B1 (en) Compounds based on fluoranthene and use of thereof
JP6391570B2 (en) Red light emitting material, organic light emitting device and compound
JP6318155B2 (en) COMPOUND, LIGHT EMITTING MATERIAL AND ORGANIC LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE
JP6383538B2 (en) Luminescent materials, organic light emitting devices and compounds
TWI640599B (en) Phosphorescent organic light emitting devices having a hole-transporting host in the emissive region
JP5972884B2 (en) Organic electroluminescence device
CN102369256B (en) Deuterated compounds for electronic applications
KR101434632B1 (en) Arylamine compounds and electronic devices
CN102428158B (en) Deuterated Compounds For Electronic Applications
EP3081617B1 (en) Blue emitter with high efficiency based on imidazo [1,2-f] phenanthridine iridium complexes
WO2015108049A1 (en) Light-emitting material, organic light-emitting element, and compound
CN102482570B (en) Deuterated compounds for electronic applications
JP6367189B2 (en) Luminescent materials, organic light emitting devices and compounds
JP6519719B2 (en) Light emitting element
EP2635561B1 (en) Xanthone compound and organic light-emitting device including the same
WO2013112557A1 (en) Phosphorescent organic light emitting devices having a hole transporting cohost material in the emissive region
JP5009922B2 (en) Organic electroluminescent element material and organic electroluminescent element
WO2015008580A1 (en) Compound, light-emitting material, and organic light-emitting element
WO2015137244A1 (en) Light emitting material, organic light emitting element and compound
WO2014112657A1 (en) Organometallic complex and organic light-emitting element using the complex
WO2012008557A1 (en) Novel spiro (anthracene-9,9'-fluoren) -10-one compound and organic light-emitting device including the same
US20210184122A1 (en) Compound, display panel, and display apparatus
JP7172393B2 (en) Organic electroluminescence device and material
JP6519718B2 (en) Composition and light emitting device using the same
CN114105998A (en) Composition for capping layer of organic electroluminescent device and organic electroluminescent device comprising same

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
RD04 Notification of resignation of power of attorney

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A7424

Effective date: 20190624

A621 Written request for application examination

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A621

Effective date: 20210819

A977 Report on retrieval

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A971007

Effective date: 20220526

A131 Notification of reasons for refusal

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A131

Effective date: 20220531

A521 Request for written amendment filed

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A523

Effective date: 20220712

TRDD Decision of grant or rejection written
A01 Written decision to grant a patent or to grant a registration (utility model)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A01

Effective date: 20221004

A61 First payment of annual fees (during grant procedure)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A61

Effective date: 20221017

R151 Written notification of patent or utility model registration

Ref document number: 7172393

Country of ref document: JP

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R151

R154 Certificate of patent or utility model (reissue)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R154

S111 Request for change of ownership or part of ownership

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R313113